Merge stephenwunrow-tc-create-1 into master by stephenwunrow (#3417)

Co-authored-by: stephenwunrow <stephenwunrow@noreply.door43.org>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3417

tn_LUK.tsv

@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 3:7	g7tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	John is using the word **wrath** to refer to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending”
 3:8	pz16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε & καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	John is comparing a person’s behavior to **fruits**. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning”
 3:8	l184		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning”
-3:8	l185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	**We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father”
+3:8	l185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	**We have Abraham {as} father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that you have Abraham as father”
 3:8	l186		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, **Father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor”
 3:8	l187		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here.
 3:8	l188		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor”
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 3:8	pi82			ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	John was probably referring to actual **stones** lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
 3:9	r5pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots”
 3:9	l190		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready”
-3:9	l8it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire”
+3:9	l8it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree not producing good fruit and throw it into the fire”
 3:9	l191		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right”
 3:10	ak6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν & λέγοντες	1	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation.
 3:11	g3ip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them”
@@ -601,14 +601,14 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:9	g2n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height”
 4:9	j9nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance.
 4:9	i81s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height”
-4:10	l209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you”
+4:10	l209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels concerning you, to protect you”
 4:10	f5dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written”
 4:10	s2g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
 4:10	nld8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	**He** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you”
 4:11	l210		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone”
 4:11	l211		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	The Scriptures are using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt”
 4:12	l212		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him”
-4:12	l213		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test”
+4:12	l213		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not test the Lord his God”
 4:12	fy8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴρηται	1	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’”
 4:12	cf6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἴρηται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say”
 4:12	gf8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God”
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:36	dgz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν	1	The words **authority** and **power** mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits”
 4:37	q25f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself.
 4:37	l239		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result”
-4:37	xca8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus”
+4:37	xca8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this **report** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the report about Jesus”
 4:38	jn3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event.
 4:38	l240		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples”
 4:38	tf3d			πενθερὰ & τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:42	rt5n			γενομένης & ἡμέρας	1	Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
 4:42	d1pr			ἔρημον τόπον	1	Alternate translation: “a deserted place” or “a place where there were no people”
 4:42	l243			κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
-4:43	l244		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί & τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule”
+4:43	l244		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί & τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “to announce the good news that God is going to rule”
 4:43	sjy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν	1	Jesus actually means the people who live in these **cities**. He is describing them by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities”
 4:43	b45z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me”
 4:44	s5mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term **Judea** here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived”
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 5:12	x7ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean”
 5:12	ys5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	με καθαρίσαι	1	The man talks about becoming **clean** ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is really asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. Alternate translation: “heal me from leprosy”
 5:13	ziz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy”
-5:13	l48a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively go **away from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy”
+5:13	l48a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively depart **from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy”
 5:14	q18t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’”
 5:14	l249		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed”
 5:14	v1wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again”
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 5:27	l266		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	In this context, to **Follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher”
 5:27	b3tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	**Follow me** is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher”
 5:28	phw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καταλιπὼν πάντα	1	Here, **everything** is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “leaving his work as a tax collector”
-5:28	abc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he got up and left everything behind”
+5:28	abc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “having gotten up and having left everything behind”
 5:29	l267		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
 5:29	g6yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **his** refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house”
 5:29	ip2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατακείμενοι	1	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches”
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 6:2	dum1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	τί ποιεῖτε	1	Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the disciples.
 6:3	l281		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the objection that the Pharisees raised. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them”
 6:3	vih6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, ὃ ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ ὅτε ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες	1	Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures suggest otherwise, in the passage that tells what David did when he and those who were with him were hungry.”
-6:4	l282			ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If you made the first part of the quotation in [6:3](../06/03.md) a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He entered into the house of God”
+6:4	l282			ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If you made the first part of the quotation in [6:3](../06/03.md) a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God”
 6:4	l283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the **house of God**. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle”
 6:4	yyh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to loaves of bread that were placed on a table in the temple as an offering to God. They represented how the people of Israel lived in the **presence** of God. Alternate translation: “the bread that was offered to God” or “the bread that showed God lived among the people”
 6:4	l284			οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς	1	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The law says that only the priests can eat that bread”
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 6:38	l321		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container”
 6:38	fp26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾧ & μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.”
 6:39	bw7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better”
-6:39	l322		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Here the word translated **blind man** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?”
+6:39	l322		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Here the word translated **blind one** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?”
 6:39	l323		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?”
 6:39	kyt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Jesus is not expecting the people in the crowd to tell him whether one **blind** person can guide another. He is using the question form as a teaching tool to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all know that one blind person cannot guide another blind person.”
 6:39	nm4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλὸς	1	The **blind** person represents someone who has not yet been fully trained and taught as a disciple. But since Jesus explains this figure in the next three verses, you do not need to explain it explicitly here in your own translation.
@@ -1085,9 +1085,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 7:22	l373		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease”
 7:22	qbe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ	1	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people”
 7:23	y4px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me”
-7:23	i7zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me”
+7:23	i7zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that people could **stumble on**. He means that some people will reject and desert him because of what he does and because of what will happen to him. However, those who do not reject or desert him will be **blessed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not desert me because of what I do” or “does not run away from me”
 7:24	abcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say”
-7:24	h9dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.”
+7:24	h9dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the wilderness just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the wilderness just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.”
 7:24	l374		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking?”
 7:24	gbv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	The implication seems to be that a **reed** swaying in the breeze by the banks of the Jordan River is a commonplace sight that no one would make a trip out into the desert just to see. Alternate translation: “An ordinary thing such as a reed that the wind was shaking?”
 7:25	tcp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing? Of course not!” or “You certainly did not go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing.”
@@ -1133,8 +1133,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 7:34	l383		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	**Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is”
 7:34	am9s			ἄνθρωπος φάγος	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
 7:34	chu4			ἄνθρωπος & οἰνοπότης	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
-7:35	ba4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children”
-7:35	l384		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves”
+7:35	ba4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom has been justified by all her children”
+7:35	l384		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by people who are wise themselves”
 7:35	l385		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course”
 7:36	fd2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This phrase introduces a new event.
 7:36	lhd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τις & τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon”
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 8:13	bm51			ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
 8:13	e5rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀφίστανται	1	Jesus is using the way such people **go away** from the community of believers to mean that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples”
 8:14	k4u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ	1	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people”
-8:14	y3ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου & συνπνίγονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them”
+8:14	y3ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου & συνπνίγονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the worries and riches and pleasures of this life choke them”
 8:14	uut6			μεριμνῶν	1	Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
 8:14	b384			ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου	1	Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
 8:14	xhv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν	1	The phrase **mature fruit** means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love”
@@ -1382,11 +1382,11 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 8:50	ej1b			σωθήσεται	1	In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
 8:50	l467		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
 8:51	gl9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “When they arrived at the house”
-8:51	qal2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν τινα σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed to enter with him
+8:51	qal2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν τινα σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed to enter with him”
 8:51	i4v1			τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς	1	The phrase **the father of the child** refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
 8:52	tt9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔκλαιον & πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν	1	This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as **mourning** could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in [18:13](../18/13.md). If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died”
 8:52	l468			οὐ & ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
-8:53	nu8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν	1	Alternate translation: “they laughed at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died”
+8:53	nu8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν	1	Alternate translation: “they were laughing at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died”
 8:54	e7zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς & κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and”
 8:54	l469		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	This was not a command that the girl was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused her to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up”
 8:55	k6w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς	1	The people of this time considered life to be the result of the spirit coming into a person. You could express this in the way that would be most meaningful in your culture. Alternate translation: “she started breathing again”
@@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:15	l552		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So”
 9:15	xq6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐποίησαν οὕτως	1	These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed”
 9:16	j39h			λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους	1	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
-9:16	j8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven”
+9:16	j8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “having looked up beyond the sky towards God in heaven”
 9:16	gm2v			εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς	1	The word **them** refers to the loaves of bread and the fish, not to the people who had sat down to eat. Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for the food”
 9:17	l5ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough”
 9:17	l487		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόφινοι	1	Here, **baskets** refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers”
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:20	vy4u			εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
 9:20	l489		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	Πέτρος δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter responded to the follow-up question that Jesus asked his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then Peter responded”
 9:20	l490		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “You are the Messiah whom God promised to send”
-9:21	z55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτοῖς, παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanding them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanding them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’”
+9:21	z55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanded them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanded them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’”
 9:22	m2v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am going to have to suffer many things”
 9:22	l491		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am going to have to suffer many things”
 9:22	j5k8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me”
@@ -1473,10 +1473,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:23	pk72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	Here, to **follow** Jesus means to obey him. Alternate translation: “and obey me in that way”
 9:24	l495		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	This phrase is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me”
 9:25	lx8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς?	1	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.”
-9:25	l496		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to gain the whole world but to lose or destroy himself”
-9:25	xsk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	The terms **losing** and **destroying** mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself”
+9:25	xsk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	The terms **losing** and **forfeiting** mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what does a person benefit to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself”
 9:25	l497		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person”
-9:25	hpp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	Jesus says **the whole world** as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or destroy himself”
+9:25	hpp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	Jesus says **the whole world** as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what does a person benefit to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or forfeit himself”
 9:26	yrr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους	1	Jesus is using the term **words** to describe the things he teaches by using words. Alternate translation: “my teaching”
 9:26	tx1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
 9:26	l498		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
@@ -1525,7 +1524,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:39	abm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μετὰ ἀφροῦ	1	When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth”
 9:39	l516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The man is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often”
 9:39	l517		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συντρῖβον αὐτόν	1	The man speaks of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly”
-9:41	sdu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded”
+9:41	sdu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded”
 9:41	bi9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire **generation** of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!”
 9:41	l518		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!”
 9:41	apa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη	1	The terms **unbelieving** and **perverted** mean similar things. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe”
@@ -1535,9 +1534,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:43	hz1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that **God** was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “Then they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way”
 9:43	d61c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει	1	The word **he** refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing”
 9:44	gah9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it”
-9:44	im3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray the Son of Man”
-9:44	ygr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray me, the Son of Man”
-9:44	l520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah”
+9:44	im3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to betray the Son of Man”
+9:44	ygr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to betray me, the Son of Man”
+9:44	l520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is about to betray me, the Messiah”
 9:44	l521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	The term **hands** represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me”
 9:44	l522		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me”
 9:45	l523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο & περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου	1	Luke uses the term **word** to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement”
@@ -1649,7 +1648,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:13	mvq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago”
 10:13	l574		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well”
 10:13	l575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon”
-10:13	l577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
+10:13	l577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
 10:13	it4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads”
 10:14	l578		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται & ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon”
 10:14	ikt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked”
@@ -1658,7 +1657,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:14	l580		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida”
 10:15	h28u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is speaking to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly”
 10:15	l581		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?”
-10:15	enp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.
+10:15	enp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.”
 10:15	gk9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.”
 10:15	l582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus uses the name of this city to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum”
 10:15	l583		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural.
@@ -1715,7 +1714,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:25	klh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	νομικός τις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who”
 10:25	l603		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	νομικός τις	1	See how you translated **lawyer** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “a certain expert in the Jewish law”
 10:25	l604		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀνέστη	1	By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question”
-10:25	c6ac			ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
+10:25	c6ac			ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “seeing how well he would answer”
 10:25	l605			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 10:25	dh16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	The lawyer is using the term **inherit** in a figurative sense to mean “come to possess” or “have.” Alternate translation: “what must I do in order to have everlasting life”
 10:25	l606		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	This lawyer may be asking about a single deed that would be worthy of eternal life, because he uses a verb form that does not indicate continuing action. Alternate translation: “What one thing do I need to do so that God will give me eternal life?”
@@ -1798,7 +1797,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:3	q89w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us”
 11:3	l639		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word **us** would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form.
 11:3	s6qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day”
-11:4	iid7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν & μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not lead us”
+11:4	iid7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν & μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not bring us”
 11:4	wi99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν	1	Jesus uses the image of being in debt to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us”
 11:4	db55			μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
 11:5	l640		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night”
@@ -1863,7 +1862,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:19	l668		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of **Beelzebul**, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.”
 11:19	l670		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers”
 11:19	bs8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves”
-11:20	l671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you”
+11:20	l671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come upon you”
 11:20	y643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ	1	This phrase refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God”
 11:20	ja3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king”
 11:21	e4d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’”
@@ -1882,8 +1881,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:24	l677		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person”
 11:24	fpj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. Alternate translation: “the desert”
 11:24	l678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “looking for another place to live”
-11:24	yvp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’”
-11:24	l679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came”
+11:24	yvp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came out’”
+11:24	l679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came out”
 11:24	s89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	The demon is referring to the person it formerly controlled as its **house**. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control”
 11:25	b4u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order”
 11:25	l680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs”
@@ -1916,7 +1915,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:31	rnq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place”
 11:31	l690		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said”
 11:31	l691		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully”
-11:31	l692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here”
+11:31	l692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the phrase **something greater** to refer to a specific person, the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “someone greater than Solomon is here”
 11:31	cwa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here”
 11:31	p75h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me”
 11:32	pkh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh”
@@ -1925,7 +1924,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:32	l694			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
 11:32	uwp5			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
 11:32	l695		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
-11:32	l696		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here”
+11:32	l696		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the phrase **something greater** to refer to a specific person, the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “someone greater than Jonah is here”
 11:32	ac61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here”
 11:32	l697		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message”
 11:33	l698		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’”
@@ -1958,7 +1957,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:42	p71g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον	1	These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what **mint** and **rue** are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know.
 11:42	l25z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶν λάχανον	1	This does not mean every **herb** that exists, but every **herb** that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens”
 11:42	yk7d			τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
-11:42	l707			ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα	1	By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
+11:42	l707			ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα	1	By **these**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter and the former”
 11:42	myv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well”
 11:43	w6pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats”
 11:43	sz72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς	1	The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles”
@@ -2104,8 +2103,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:22	vim6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	By **this** Jesus means the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches”
 12:22	cy4e			λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
 12:22	u1cf			τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε	1	Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
-12:23	l775		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes”
-12:23	y4qa			ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothes that you wear”
+12:23	l775		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothing”
+12:23	y4qa			ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothing that you wear”
 12:24	zx97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς κόρακας	1	The word **ravens** refers to large black birds, and it can apply either to crows or to actual **ravens**. If your readers would not be familiar with either of those birds, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the birds”
 12:24	l776		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food”
 12:24	y4t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food”
@@ -2122,10 +2121,10 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:27	u3mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth”
 12:27	l781			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
 12:27	nug5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.”
-12:28	rur9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow”
-12:28	l783		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow”
-12:28	l784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven”
-12:28	l785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what **grass** is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven”
+12:28	rur9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into an oven tomorrow”
+12:28	l783		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into an oven tomorrow”
+12:28	l784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into an oven”
+12:28	l785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what **grass** is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into an oven”
 12:28	t9am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven”
 12:28	l786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	The implication is that dried plant matter would be used for fuel, for heating and cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow people use it for fuel” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow people use them for fuel”
 12:28	l787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “how much more will God clothe you”
@@ -2189,23 +2188,23 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:42	dxd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	In the course of using a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave Peter this further illustration to answer his question. ‘I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager’”
 12:42	mnn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus refers to the other servants as the master’s **care** by association with the way they care for him. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants”
 12:42	l811		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while”
-12:43	g6xl			μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος	1	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that servant”
+12:43	g6xl			μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος	1	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that slave”
 12:43	h35t			ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως	1	Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
 12:44	i2cq			ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 12:44	y47s			ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
-12:45	cu5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said”
-12:45	l812		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἄρξηται	1	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins”
+12:45	cu5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that slave thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said”
+12:45	l812		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἄρξηται	1	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that slave thinks to himself … and suppose he begins”
 12:45	aku7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself”
 12:45	l813			χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
 12:45	juc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας	1	Jesus is using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants”
-12:46	l814		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive”
+12:46	l814		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that slave will arrive”
 12:46	j1m1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant”
 12:46	l815		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ	1	Here, Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him”
 12:46	l816		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come”
 12:46	vg1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (See: next note): (1) if **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body”
 12:46	l817			τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
 12:46	l818		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (See: previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers”
-12:47	p1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely”
+12:47	p1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a slave knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely”
 12:47	aj41			τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
 12:47	im3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely”
 12:48	l819		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master would punish him lightly”
@@ -2402,8 +2401,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:33	l912		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead”
 13:33	nbk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers”
 13:34	cac7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (See: later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem”
-13:34	l913		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “you who kills the prophets God sends her by stoning them”
-13:34	l914		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “which kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to it”
+13:34	l913		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets God sends her by stoning them”
+13:34	l914		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to it”
 13:34	gb6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them”
 13:34	l915		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you”
 13:34	zhg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you”
@@ -2415,7 +2414,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:34	l917		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν	1	The term **brood** refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks”
 13:34	l918		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them”
 13:35	l919		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
-13:35	l920		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone”
+13:35	l920		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone”
 13:35	w1v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone”
 13:35	l921		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone”
 13:35	l922		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies”
@@ -2748,8 +2747,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 16:13	w2sf			οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject positive and the verb negative in this expression. Alternate translation: “A servant cannot serve two masters”
 16:13	msb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δυσὶ κυρίοις	1	The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time”
 16:13	u1lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Jesus is basically saying the same thing in two different ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these statements. Alternate translation: “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other”
-16:13	ba2m			ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
-16:13	dd9z			τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Alternate translation: “he will hold the second master in contempt” or “he will hate the second master”
+16:13	ba2m			ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	Alternate translation: “he will love the first master very strongly”
+16:13	dd9z			τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Alternate translation: “will hold the second master in contempt” or “will hate the second master”
 16:13	pw7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐ δύνασθε & δουλεύειν	1	Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so **you** is plural.
 16:14	taq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
 16:14	m067		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Here Luke reintroduces **the Pharisees** as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in [15:3–32](../15/03.md), and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present”
@@ -2845,14 +2844,14 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 16:31	m101		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either”
 16:31	gf1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died”
 17:intro	c4am				0	# Luke 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1–10)\n2. Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11–19)\n3. Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20–37)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Old Testament Examples\n\nJesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7–9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33).\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “In his day”\n\nAt the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.\n\n### “There will be two in the field”\n\nSome ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.\n\nIn both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-17:1	ej1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come”
-17:1	m102		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	The term **traps** refers to a device that a person or animal would unknowingly activate and that would then confine them in a net, cage, or pit. Your language may have a term for a similar device, and you could use it here.
-17:1	m103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Jesus is using the word **traps**. Alternate translation: “temptations”
+17:1	ej1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Stumbling blocks will certainly come”
+17:1	m102		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	The term **stumbling blocks** refers to any lumps, rocks, or bumps on the ground that cause people to stumble or trip. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “things that people trip on”
+17:1	m103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Here, Jesus speaks of things that cause people to sin as if they were **stumbling blocks**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things that lead people to disobey”
 17:1	zck5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐαὶ δι’ οὗ ἔρχεται!	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for anyone who causes these temptations to come” or “how terrible it will be for any person who tempts others to sin”
 17:2	dvz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ	1	Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if”
 17:2	uk6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck”
 17:2	gr89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λίθος μυλικὸς	1	A **millstone** is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel”
-17:2	k9xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	See how you translated this in [17:1](../17/01.md). Jesus is using the word **trap**. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin”
+17:2	k9xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	See how you translated the similar terms in [17:1](../17/01.md). Alternate translation: “he should tempt … to sin”
 17:2	xm7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	This could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people”
 17:3	m104		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin”
 17:3	m105		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσέχετε	1	The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
@@ -2959,13 +2958,13 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 17:24	m160			ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	Alternate translation: “lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
 17:24	i5rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “the lightning appears suddenly and visibly across the sky”
 17:24	m161		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that.
-17:24	m162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The implication is that **so will the Son of Man be** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign”
-17:24	m163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “so will I, the Son of Man, be”
-17:24	m164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “so will I, the Messiah, be”
+17:24	m162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The implication is that **thus will be the Son of Man** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign”
+17:24	m163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “thus will be I, the Son of Man”
+17:24	m164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “thus will be I, the Messiah”
 17:25	csa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	δεῖ αὐτὸν & παθεῖν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer”
 17:25	dp8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me”
 17:25	m165		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus is using the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time”
-17:26	d2ne			καθὼς ἐγένετο & οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
+17:26	d2ne			καθὼς ἐγένετο & οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … thus people will be doing the same things”
 17:26	v1sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living”
 17:26	ktl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return”
 17:26	m167		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man”
@@ -3055,7 +3054,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 18:8	m207		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πίστιν	1	When Jesus asks whether he will find **faith** on the earth, he may be referring implicitly to the kind of persevering trust in God that would lead a person to continue praying even when the answer was delayed. (UST offers another possible interpretation of this word.) Alternate translation: “this kind of persevering faith” or “this kind of persevering trust in God”
 18:9	n2b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας & τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people”
 18:9	pmp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	πρός τινας	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some new characters, but he does not say specifically who these people were. (The story that Jesus tells suggests that they may have been Pharisees.) Alternate translation: “to some people who were there”
-18:9	b6zy			τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι	1	Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous” or “who considered themselves to be righteous”
+18:9	b6zy			τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous and who disdained others” or “who considered themselves to be righteous and disdained others”
 18:9	rs6q			καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	Alternate translation: “and who thought they were superior to other people”
 18:10	m208		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωποι δύο	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “Once there were two men who”
 18:10	m209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσεύξασθαι	1	When Jesus says that these men **went up**, he likely means that they traveled to Jerusalem. That was the customary way of speaking about going there, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “went to pray in the temple courtyard”
@@ -3094,12 +3093,12 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 18:16	m223		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives”
 18:17	p5lq			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
 18:17	m224		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “does not let God rule over him”
-18:17	ar8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child”
+18:17	ar8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility as a child”
 18:17	m225			οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
 18:18	a5qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question”
 18:18	d6kf			τί ποιήσας & κληρονομήσω	1	Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
 18:18	xrs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσω	1	The ruler is using the term **inherit** to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain”
-18:19	fxi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be **good**. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a **good** human being, and he wants to know how he can be **good** enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except God alone”
+18:19	fxi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be **good**. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a **good** human being, and he wants to know how he can be **good** enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except one—God”
 18:20	m226		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας	1	The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded”
 18:20	m227		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	You may wish to represent these commandments as a second-level direct quotation within Jesus’ reply to the ruler, using the capitalization and punctuation conventions of your language. That is what UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving the commandments as an indirect quotation.
 18:20	m261		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Jesus is reciting these commandments from the Scriptures, and the word **your** is singular because that is the way Moses spoke the commandments, since even though he gave them to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey them. So in your translation, it would be appropriate to use the singular form of **your**. The implied **you** in the imperative verbs would also be singular.
@@ -3113,9 +3112,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 18:24	m229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become”
 18:24	qcm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God”
 18:24	m230		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives”
-18:25	hdz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ	1	It is impossible for **a camel** to fit through **the eye of a needle** Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult”
+18:25	hdz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ	1	It is impossible for **a camel** to fit through **an eye of a needle** Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult”
 18:25	m231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κάμηλον	1	A **camel** is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden”
-18:25	j7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle”
+18:25	j7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole for thread in a needle”
 18:25	m232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [18:24](../18/24.md). Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life”
 18:26	ycm3			οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
 18:26	vu3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!”
@@ -3178,7 +3177,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 18:42	m256		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
 18:42	gcv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks of the man’s **faith** as if it had actively healed him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
 18:42	m257			ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Here Jesus seems to be using the word **saved** in one of its particular senses, to mean “healed.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
-18:43	m258			ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	Here, **followed** does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
+18:43	m258			ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	Here, **was following** does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “becoming a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he was walking down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
 18:43	d1kk			δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
 19:intro	zn2b				0	# Luke 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10)\n2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27)\n3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### Servants\n\nGod expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1–7 and Mark 11:1–7 and Luke 19:29–36 and John 12:14–15)\n\n### Spreading garments and branches\n\nWhen kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### The merchants in the temple\n\nJesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 19:1	j35m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now”
@@ -3297,8 +3296,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 19:28	ja5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	It was customary for Israelites to speak of **going up** to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem”
 19:29	y9q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
 19:29	q1wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν	1	**Bethphage** and **Bethany** are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem.
-19:29	lj69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet”
-19:29	m307		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain”
+19:29	lj69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the mount that people call of Olives”
+19:29	m307		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. The phrase **of Olives** is part of the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain”
 19:30	m308		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑπάγετε & ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε & λύσαντες & ἀγάγετε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural.
 19:30	m309			τὴν κατέναντι κώμην	1	Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
 19:30	qq5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal”
@@ -3369,10 +3368,10 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 19:45	u91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard”
 19:45	j6ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”
 19:45	py1x			ἐκβάλλειν	1	Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
-19:46	m343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’”
+19:46	m343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you made it ‘a den of robbers’”
 19:46	v81e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures”
-19:46	uvf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be”
-19:46	wac1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me”
+19:46	uvf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be a house”
+19:46	wac1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “will be a place where people pray to me”
 19:46	ba8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather”
 19:47	m344		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
 19:47	mn6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now”
@@ -3386,7 +3385,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:1	h8gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
 20:1	vtg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
 20:1	m350		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις	1	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47–48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation.
-20:2	m351		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?”
+20:2	m351		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority do you do these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?”
 20:3	qn89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded”
 20:3	ku6a			ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι	1	Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, **you say to me**. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
 20:3	m352			λόγον	1	Here Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
@@ -3417,12 +3416,12 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:10	kr7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce”
 20:10	m362		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does.
 20:10	isk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν & κενόν	1	Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything”
-20:11	r72a			ἀτιμάσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
-20:11	vxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything”
+20:11	r72a			ἀτιμάσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “humiliating him”
+20:11	vxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κἀκεῖνον & ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent that one also away without giving him anything”
 20:12	m363		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant”
 20:12	lr3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three”
-20:12	ub4g			οἱ & καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
-20:12	h32a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον	1	Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property”
+20:12	ub4g			καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες, ἐξέβαλον	1	Alternate translation: “injuring that servant, cast him out as well”
+20:12	h32a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῦτον & ἐξέβαλον	1	Here Jesus means that the farmers forced the slave out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased this one also off the property”
 20:13	m364			ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
 20:13	kt8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him”
 20:13	m365			ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
@@ -3431,18 +3430,18 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:14	rvi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited”
 20:14	m367		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	By **inheritance**, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit”
 20:15	u7us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So”
-20:15	m6en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	As in [20:12](../20/12.md), Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** the son out of the vineyard, as if they heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard”
+20:15	m6en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	As in [20:12](../20/12.md), Jesus means that the farmers forced the slave out of the vineyard. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard”
 20:15	dlu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.”
 20:15	m368			ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
 20:16	m369			τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους	1	See how you translated the term **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Your language might say “those” instead of **these** in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
 20:16	m370		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	See how you translated the similar expression in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop”
 20:16	k18g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen”
 20:17	qtb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν	1	Jesus **looked at** the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said”
-20:17	m371		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone”
-20:17	rf5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας?	1	Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’!”
+20:17	m371		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that a stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone”
+20:17	rf5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας?	1	Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying: ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’!”
 20:17	l6l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture”
 20:17	a5kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a plain explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
-20:17	bd2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
+20:17	bd2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
 20:17	bh2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The phrase **the head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building”
 20:18	d7n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a plain explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
 20:18	n3n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνθλασθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces”
@@ -3475,14 +3474,14 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:25	gj71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb **give back**, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate Translation: “and pay God what he deserves”
 20:26	wa3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος	1	Luke says that the spies had wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him”
 20:26	m379		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this spatially to refer to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening”
-20:27	m380		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus”
-20:27	m381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him”
+20:27	m380		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees”
+20:27	m381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees”
 20:27	f9e3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead”
 20:28	m383		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	λέγοντες	1	Luke could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus”
 20:28	m384			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 20:28	m385		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	These Sadducees are describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he **wrote** it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law”
 20:28	m386		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducces mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew.
-20:28	d6yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα	1	Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children”
+20:28	d6yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα	1	Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children,”
 20:28	sjt5			λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα	1	Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
 20:28	pn1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her late husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her late husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants”
 20:28	m388		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [1:55](../01/55.md). Alternate translation: “descendants”
@@ -3526,9 +3525,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:37	nx7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	λέγει	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called”
 20:37	pqm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does.
 20:38	tdq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now”
-20:38	u1y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Θεὸς & οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	The two phrases **not … of the dead** and **of the living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is the God of living people only”
-20:38	m408		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died”
-20:38	dxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life”
+20:38	u1y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Θεὸς & οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	The two phrases **not … of the dead** and **of the living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is a God of living people only”
+20:38	m408		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of people who have died”
+20:38	dxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of people who are alive” or “of people whom he has brought back to life”
 20:38	i6am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν	1	Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits”
 20:39	n5nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded”
 20:39	m409		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες & τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “some of the scribes responded”
@@ -3543,9 +3542,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:42	y972		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ	1	Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ”
 20:42	z0vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because”
 20:42	m413			λέγει	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
-20:42	h2al		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side”
+20:42	h2al		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right hand”
 20:42	e1i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”
-20:42	m415		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side”
+20:42	m415			κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side”
 20:42	pse3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me”
 20:43	m416		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you could make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet”
 20:43	fl1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	The psalm speaks of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you”
@@ -3592,9 +3591,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 21:6	m432		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down”
 21:7	rix4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν & αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him”
 21:7	m433			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
-21:7	a11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it”
-21:8	bbri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.”
-21:8	vu18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you”
+21:7	a11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed? And how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it”
+21:8	bbri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not led astray. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.”
+21:8	vu18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one leads you astray”
 21:8	f1ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me”
 21:8	h6zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah”
 21:8	m434		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	This implicitly means the **time** when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies”
@@ -3807,14 +3806,14 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:20	gc8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου	1	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood”
 22:20	v4d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you”
 22:21	swj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
-22:21	g6ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me”
+22:21	g6ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to hand me over is sharing this meal with me”
 22:21	m518		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using the shared location of the **table** to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the **table**. Alternate translation: “sharing this meal with me”
 22:22	wtj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this.
 22:22	mk3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & πορεύεται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go”
 22:22	m519		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & πορεύεται	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go”
 22:22	m520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πορεύεται	1	Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die”
 22:22	p2qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined”
-22:22	wy2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me”
+22:22	wy2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who hands him over” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who hands me over”
 22:24	yyw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke may use the word **Then** simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result”
 22:24	y9ce			δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων	1	Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
 22:24	m521			μείζων	1	Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, **greater**, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
@@ -3899,8 +3898,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:44	m559			ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο	1	This could mean: (1) Luke is using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) the word has an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
 22:44	m560		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do”
 22:45	m561		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then”
-22:45	m562			ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
-22:45	gb3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sorrow** with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad”
+22:45	m562			ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς, εὗρεν	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples, and he found”
+22:45	gb3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sorrow** with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “he saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad”
 22:46	in7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί καθεύδετε?	1	Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!”
 22:46	nl7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **temptation** with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:40](../22/40.md). Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin”
 22:46	m563		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could state something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that”
@@ -3927,7 +3926,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:52	m573		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	See how you translated this phrase in [22:4](../22/04.md). Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers”
 22:52	fa7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!”
 22:52	m574		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!”
-22:52	m575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term **robber** likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force”
+22:52	m575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term **robber** likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force have you come out against me”
 22:52	m576		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων	1	Jesus is speaking of these weapons, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons”
 22:53	a6qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
 22:53	c4is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	As in [20:19](../20/19.md), here this expression means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “you did not arrest me”
@@ -3942,7 +3941,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:55	m581		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῦρ	1	Implicitly, the purpose of the **fire** was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm”
 22:55	qx64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard”
 22:55	m8ew			μέσος αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “there together with them”
-22:56	m582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him”
+22:56	m582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a servant girl there who saw him”
 22:56	fm4t			καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
 22:56	fxz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν	1	Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard”
 22:56	zu63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples”
@@ -3986,7 +3985,6 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:69	z3ea			ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν	1	Alternate translation: “after this”
 22:69	p8kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
 22:69	m592		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
-22:69	m593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσται & καθήμενος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit”
 22:69	nka9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	To sit at the **right hand … of God** means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God”
 22:69	h4n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God”
 22:70	udh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God”
@@ -4001,7 +3999,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:intro	p6wq				0	# Luke 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)\n2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)\n3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”\n\nThere are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).\n\n(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)\n\nThis verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.\n\n### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)\n\nThis sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.\n\nIf you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 23:1	pi3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then”
 23:1	sgf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν	1	The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus”
-23:1	mvn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting”
+23:1	mvn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ending the meeting”
 23:1	k4aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him”
 23:2	m599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely”
 23:2	mtc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	εὕρομεν & τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	The terms **We** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction.
@@ -4063,7 +4061,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:21	m614		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!”
 23:21	m615		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!”
 23:22	iz5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ & τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three”
-23:22	ck75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!”
+23:22	ck75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he did not do anything wrong!”
 23:22	de5a			οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
 23:22	mij1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go”
 23:22	m616		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας & αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him”
@@ -4128,8 +4126,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:34	m643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing	0	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them”
 23:34	m644		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Father	0	**Father** is an important title for God.
 23:34	m645		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	forgive them	0	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them”
-23:34	qbj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers threw lots to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing”
-23:34	uk4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled”
+23:34	qbj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers cast a lot to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing”
+23:34	uk4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The term **lot** refers to an object with different markings on various sides that would be used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with a **lot**, you could state that they it was “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled”
 23:35	a2h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	The implication is that the **people** who **stood by watching** were also **ridiculing** Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well”
 23:35	m646		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	Here **rulers** refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman **rulers** of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders”
 23:35	t7mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people”
@@ -4176,7 +4174,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:45	hjt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος	1	This means that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun”
 23:45	m664		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον	1	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action.
 23:45	ssh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place”
-23:45	ah4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore”
+23:45	ah4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη & τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple”
 23:45	m665		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μέσον	1	The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing **the curtain** opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so **in the middle** means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom”
 23:46	z1fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly”
 23:46	r4ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father”
@@ -4185,7 +4183,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:46	bd6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1	Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died”
 23:47	p6lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης	1	The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion”
 23:47	m667		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ γενόμενον	1	This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died”
-23:47	m668			ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
+23:47	m668			ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “was bringing honor to God by saying”
 23:47	c2ti			ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν	1	Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
 23:48	gt8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνπαραγενόμενοι & ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions”
 23:48	whs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes”
@@ -4217,8 +4215,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:54	b4i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν	1	For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks of this day **dawning** to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin”
 23:55	pu3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ	1	The expression **had come out** is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus”
 23:55	m679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	κατακολουθήσασαι	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away”
-23:55	m680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word **and**, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph laid the body of Jesus”
-23:55	nhd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph laid the body of Jesus there”
+23:55	m680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word **and**, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph put the body of Jesus”
+23:55	nhd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph put the body of Jesus there”
 23:56	sm68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψασαι	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem”
 23:56	mj6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these **spices and ointments** to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body”
 23:56	m681		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	The **spices** were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the **ointments** were sweet-smelling substances that were moist. If your readers would not be familiar with **spices and ointments**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances”
@@ -4242,7 +4240,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 24:5	abcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking.
 24:5	fs3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!”
 24:5	m687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died”
-24:6	m688		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life”
+24:6	m688		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “was brought back to life”
 24:6	awf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again”
 24:6	s8k5			μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
 24:6	m689		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	The word **you** is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of **you** that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you”
@@ -4432,4 +4430,4 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 24:53	m787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	διὰ παντὸς	1	Luke is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “through all hours”
 24:53	wa3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	διὰ παντὸς	1	Luke means that the disciples were in the temple **through all** the hours that the temple was open. Even so, this is an overstatement to emphasize that they went to the temple every day. Alternate translation: “every day”
 24:53	edm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
-24:53	pex4			εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “worshiping God”
+24:53	pex4			εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “worshiping God”

tn_MRK.tsv

@@ -56,21 +56,21 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 1:15	rhom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	καὶ λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” or “and informing them”
 1:15	quab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening”
 1:15	yo11			ἤγγικεν	1	The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has entered into human history and begun in a new and fuller way. Alternate translation: “has begun” or (2) will soon begin in a new and fuller way. Alternate translation: “will soon begin”
-1:16	z3j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were throwing a net into the water to catch fish”
-1:16	xor6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea”
+1:16	z3j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish”
+1:16	xor6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “who, because they were fishermen, were net-casting into the sea”
 1:17	zui3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	**Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples”
 1:17	mlc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	The expression **fishers of men** means that Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish”
 1:17	i2sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people”
 1:18	tnuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	εὐθέως	1	See how you translated the word **immediately** in [1:10](../01/10.md).
 1:18	gvia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him”
 1:19	xl2m			καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα	1	Here, **mending** refers to restoring something, usually by sewing, to make it ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant stitching, weaving, or tying it together. Alternate translation: “are repairing their nets”
-1:20	zjz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him”
+1:20	zjz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “he called them to come with him”
 1:20	f77b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus”
 1:20	b2ci			ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus”
 1:22	bsc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach”
 1:22	e9gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς.	1	Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast.
 1:22	kmxf			ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1	Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue were amazed”
-1:23	w7z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	The person with the **unclean spirit** is in the **synagogue** while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful in your langauge, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit was also in the synagogue”
+1:23	w7z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	The person with the **unclean spirit** is in the **synagogue** while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful in your langauge, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, immediately there was in their synagogue a man with an unclean spirit”
 1:24	ra8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	The demons ask the rhetorical question, **What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth** in order to tell let Jesus know that they do not want him to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them alone. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us”
 1:24	m8gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς?	1	The demons ask the rhetorical question **Have you come to destroy us** in order to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!”
 1:24	qsig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **us** refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1–20). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits”
@@ -107,18 +107,18 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 2:4	ouxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κράβαττον	1	A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture on which you might carry an injured person to take them for medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot”
 2:5	trg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδὼν & τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him”
 2:5	hzg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τέκνον	1	The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this that would be appropriate in this context, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “Beloved”
-2:6	le6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “thinking to themselves”
+2:6	le6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “debating to themselves”
 2:7	yr5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?	1	These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means that Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man should not be speaking this way!”
-2:7	sj6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός?	1	The scribes used this question to say that since no one **is able to forgive sins except God alone**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!”
+2:7	sj6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός?	1	The scribes used this question to say that since no one **is able to forgive sins except one, God**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only one, God, can forgive sins, not a man!”
 2:8	niy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **spirit** means Jesus’ inner thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself”
 2:8	h3zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful in your language, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having become aware though no one told him” or “Jesus, without hearing them, knows”
-2:8	wga7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.”
+2:8	wga7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are debating in your hearts is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.”
 2:8	s3m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταῦτα & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	The word **hearts** means their inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things”
 2:9	wv5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to prepare the scribes and Pharisees for the miracle he is about to perform. It is easier to say, “Your sins are forgiven you,” because there is no visible proof when someone’s sins are forgiven. However, if someone says to a paralyzed person, “Get up and take up your mat, and walk,” but the person does not do so, then it is obvious that the person speaking lacks God’s authority. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is surely easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk!’”
 2:9	q905		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up, take his mat, and walk?”
 2:10	g4jn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰδῆτε	1	The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly in a way that would be natural in your language.
 2:10	jsyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “God has given me, the Son of Man, authority”
-2:11	f369		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	The words **get up, take up your mat, and go** were not commands that the man was able to obey with his own strength. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed, and then the man was able to obey this command. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up, take up your mat, and go away to your house”
+2:11	f369		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	The words **get up, pick up your mat, and go** were not commands that the man was able to obey with his own strength. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed, and then the man was able to obey this command. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up, pick up your mat, and go to your house”
 2:12	ki94			ἔμπροσθεν πάντων	1	Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house”
 2:12	e0xs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠγέρθη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον, ἐξῆλθεν ἔμπροσθεν πάντων	1	The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up”
 2:13	ma6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nIn this verse Mark gives background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information.
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 2:17	ak1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a comparison. Just as sick people need a doctor to be healed, so sinners need Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need a doctor’s help; people who are sick do”
 2:17	c62j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	**The ones having sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **ones being healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy. He thinks the opposite. He says these words while speaking to people who think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”
 2:17	lh4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those who are sick need a doctor”
-2:17	ca4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	The words **I came … to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to call the righteous, but I came to call sinners”
+2:17	ca4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	The words **I did not come to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to call the righteous, but I came to call sinners”
 2:18	z394		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἔρχονται	1	The phrase **they come** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “a group of unknown men came”
 2:18	j1h2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες	1	This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast”
 2:18	y7bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες.	1	This phrase provides background information. Mark is telling his readers this to help them understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting”
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 2:21	v6xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν	1	When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was before.
 2:21	vdza		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται.	1	This verse, as well as verse 22, is a parable.
 2:22	fk15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀσκοὺς	1	The word **wineskins** refers to bags made out of animal skins and used to store wine. If the bags were old and previously used, and someone put new wine in them, they would likely tear. This happens because wine expands as it sits for a long time, and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the expanding wine.
-2:22	dgcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1	In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that clear. Alternate translation: “but you should pour new wine into new wineskins”
+2:22	dgcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1	In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into new wineskins**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that clear. Alternate translation: “but you should pour new wine into new wineskins”
 2:23	jya1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας	1	Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted”
 2:23	k3pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς στάχυας	1	The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “the heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing and use it in your translation in place of the word **grain**.
 2:24	h41a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν?	1	The Pharisees are not asking Jesus for information, but rather, they are using the question form here to make a statement and emphatically condemn him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths!”
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 3:1	ye6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα	1	This means that the man’s **hand** was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it appear to be smaller. Alternate translation: “whose hand was shriveled” or “whose hand was atrophied”
 3:2	vr25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	The Pharisees wanted Jesus to heal the man so that they could **accuse him** of breaking the law by doing work on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses”
 3:2	q35x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You might also want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the Jewish day of rest”
-3:3	nm6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	Here, **in the midst** is referring to the group of people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here”
+3:3	nm6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	Here, **in the midst** is referring to the group of people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Get up in front of all of those meeting here”
 3:4	mh3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is allowed that people do good on the Sabbaths, but not do evil. Likewise it is allowed that a person save someone on the Sabbaths, but not kill.”
 3:4	vz6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	The phrase **Is it lawful** is assumed here. If it would be helpful in your language, you may clarify and add it again to the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Is it lawful to save a life or to kill”
 3:4	nut4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ψυχὴν	1	The phrase **a life** refers to physical life and means “a person.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life”
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 3:16	i7tf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον	1	The word **Simon** is the name of the first man listed. All of the names listed in [3:17–19](../03/17.md) are also names of men.
 3:16	bt0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον	1	In ancient times, people changed their names to show that something about themselves was changing. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers and to describe something about him that is important. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives.
 3:17	n4gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς	1	Jesus called the brothers **Sons of Thunder** because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means ‘Men Who Are Like Thunder’” or “the name Boanerges, which means ‘Thunder Men’”
-3:19	r3zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	Mark adds the phrase **who also betrayed him** to tell the reader that **Judas Iscariot** was the one who would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus”
+3:19	r3zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	Mark adds the phrase **who also handed him over** to tell the reader that **Judas Iscariot** was the one who would hand over, or betray, the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later handed Jesus over”
 3:20	jxr5			καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον	1	This is likely the same **house** which was mentioned previously. See note on [2:1](../02/01.md).
 3:20	rq6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν	1	The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything”
 3:21	uyl8			ἔλεγον γὰρ	1	Here, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd.
@@ -251,10 +251,10 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:16	gdq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil”
 4:17	p5fr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they did not allow the word to transform their lives”
 4:17	s5mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ & ῥίζαν	1	They have **no root** in themselves is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language.
-4:17	t21w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σκανδαλίζονται	1	The phrase **they fall away** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they no longer believe in God’s message”
+4:17	t21w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σκανδαλίζονται	1	The phrase **they are caused to stumble** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they no longer believe in God’s message”
 4:18	uu9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed among the thorny plants”
 4:18	wlab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἄλλοι	1	See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md)
-4:19	wa3k			αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
+4:19	wa3k			αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the cares in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
 4:19	s7s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires do to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant can choke a young plant, worldly desire choke faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow”
 4:19	f4ip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	Here, **unfruitful** means that God’s word in this person will not produce the desired results. In the Bible, a person who produces good works is spoken of as “fruitful” and a person who does not produce good works is spoken of as “unfruitful.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works, showing that they follow Jesus”
 4:20	axh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternative translation: “those people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil”
@@ -336,14 +336,14 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 5:41	hx3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ!	1	This is an Aramaic phrase which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning.
 5:42	pt5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἦν & ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1	Alternate translation: “she was twelve years old”
 5:42	m49c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1	Mark includes the information about her age to help his readers understand how **the little girl** immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old”
-5:43	n29k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’”
+5:43	n29k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he said, ‘Something should be given to her to eat’”
 6:intro	kl7n				0	# Mark 6 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Anointed with oil”\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 6:1	mi7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event occurred. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After a time, Jesus and those who followed him left there and returned to where he grew up”
 6:1	lpci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς	1	Your language may say “came” rather than **went** or “went” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out from there and went to”
 6:2	y4xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him”
 6:3	s3wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus are asking all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way.
 6:3	tlub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσῆτος & Ἰούδα & Σίμωνος	1	These are the names of men.
-6:3	d2g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “by what he said to them”
+6:3	d2g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	The people in the synagogue were not **being caused to stumble** by who Jesus was. They were **caused to stumble** by what he was teaching them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “by what he said to them”
 6:4	l436		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored”
 6:4	b42w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only place that a prophet is not honored is” or “A prophet is honored everywhere except”
 6:4	y2oa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. In this case, the second and third phrases are more precise, smaller groups of people. If the repetition might confuse your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “among the people with whom he grew up”
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 6:4	mgbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses the phrase **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings”
 6:7	d6sx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	δύο δύο	1	Alternate translation: “2 by 2” or “in pairs”
 6:7	ldbv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:15](../03/15.md).
-6:8	k5hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they should only bring a staff on their journey”
+6:8	k5hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they should only bring a staff on the road”
 6:8	t9a2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μὴ ἄρτον	1	Here, **bread** means food in general. Alternate translation: “no food”
 6:11	b2kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	The expression **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** indicates strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could use it here in your translation.
 6:14	ly7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again”
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 7:6	oavh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’”
 7:6	ep7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς χείλεσίν	1	Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say”
 7:6	zgt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν	1	The word **heart** means inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desire”
-7:6	xtab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The expression **their heart is far from me** is a way that God is saying that the people are not truly devoted to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” or “but they are not truly devoted to me” or “but they are not really committed to honoring me”
+7:6	xtab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The expression **their heart is far away from me** is a way that God is saying that the people are not truly devoted to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” or “but they are not truly devoted to me” or “but they are not really committed to honoring me”
 7:8	hnw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε	1	Here, to **hold fast to** something means to adhere to something consistently. If your readers would not understand what **hold fast** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you cling to”
 7:9	e3qv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε	1	Jesus says **You do well at rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition** to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well by rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all”
 7:10	d4sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die”
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 7:24	k9bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe phrase **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know {it}, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he traveled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someone’s house, he was hoping he would not be found, but he was unable to hide from the people of that place”
 7:26	aik7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει	1	This sentence gives us background information about **the woman**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
 7:26	e39y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Συροφοινίκισσα	1	The phrase **a Syrophoenician** explains the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria.
-7:27	gsj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν	1	Here, Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not meant as a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first eat, for it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them”
+7:27	gsj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν	1	Here, Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **little dogs**. This is not meant as a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first eat, for it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them”
 7:27	r898		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel”
 7:27	k2wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	Here, **bread** refers to food in general.
 7:29	sa9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕπαγε	1	Jesus was implying that the woman no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace”
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 8:8	v5zi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας	1	This refers to the **broken pieces** of bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread, which filled seven large baskets”
 8:9	m81z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι	1	Mark includes the phrase **Now there were about 4,000** to help his reader to know how many people are there. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “There were approximately 4,000 people that Jesus fed”
 8:10	qnt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	**And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4,000 people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.
-8:10	y8u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά	1	They went to **Dalmanutha** in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he traveled over the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha”
+8:10	y8u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά	1	They went to **Dalmanutha** in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he traveled over the Sea of Galilee to the regions of Dalmanutha”
 8:10	x33a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δαλμανουθά	1	The word **Dalmanutha** is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee.
 8:11	zi91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here, **heaven** refers to where God dwells and is an indirect way of referring to “God” himself. If your readers would not understand the use of the word **heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God”
 8:12	sn5a			ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase **sighed greatly in his spirit** means that Jesus groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated the word “sighed” in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 8:13	i2se		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς	1	Jesus’ was not the only one who left; his disciples were with him also. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again”
 8:13	u1qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	The phrase **to the other side** is referring to **the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
 8:14	gtg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ	1	If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them”
-8:15	bd2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε	1	The warning phrases **Keep watch** and **Be on guard** both have very similar meanings and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you keep watch” or “Be sure to guard yourselves against”
+8:15	bd2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε	1	The warning terms **See** and **watch out** both have very similar meanings and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you keep watch” or “Be sure to guard yourselves against”
 8:15	nszl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου	1	Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. When yeast is put into bread, it affects the entire batch of bread which is made. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it.
 8:16	zfw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1	The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not enough for all of them. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread”
 8:17	hnh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	Here, Jesus is not seeking information from the disciples. but rather. he is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I am speaking of actual bread!”
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 8:25	td9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη	1	The phrase **was restored** can be written is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus restored the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes”
 8:27	e4l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώμας	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples came out into the villages”
 8:28	nn1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἄλλοι Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι εἷς τῶν προφητῶν	1	The two occurrences of **others** in this verse both refer to “other people.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “other people say you are Elijah, but other people say you are one of the prophets”
-8:30	rgy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **they might tell no one about him** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’”
+8:30	rgy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **they might tell no one about him** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus strongly warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’”
 8:31	d4dc			τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 8:31	m32p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up from the dead”
 8:31	gjg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι	1	The events of this verse progress in chronological order. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “first, and for the elders and the chief priests and the scribes to reject me. Then, people will kill me. But after that, on the third day, I will rise from the dead”
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 8:34	c6ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake and follow me”
 8:35	d5rj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires”
 8:35	nn0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Here, **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life”
-8:36	ua46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is not seeking information here, but rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul!”
+8:36	ua46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is not seeking information here, but rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life!”
 8:36	mxuj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person”
 8:36	jde6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον	1	The phrase **the whole world** is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires”
 8:37	wua4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life!” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life!”
@@ -512,8 +512,8 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:1	xm40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Here, the pronoun **you** is plural, in the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, and **you** refers to everyone to whom Jesus is speaking. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly, I say to all of you”
 9:1	kg4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die”
 9:1	qloy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die”
-9:1	ymou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully”
-9:1	yjf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2–10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king”
+9:1	ymou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God having come powerfully”
+9:1	yjf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	The phrase **the kingdom of God having come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God having come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2–10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king”
 9:2	uf5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους	1	Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were **alone** and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain.
 9:2	krt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been”
 9:2	b3bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them”
@@ -525,12 +525,12 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:4	y9r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
 9:5	w6vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
 9:5	iqc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
-9:5	k3y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	These **shelters** were simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep.
+9:5	k3y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	These **tents** were simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep.
 9:6	r3bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο	1	This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
 9:6	f8hn			ἔκφοβοι & ἐγένοντο	1	Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
 9:7	e3id			ἐγένετο & ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
 9:7	x4mv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	Mark speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said”
-9:7	ybu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Here, the word **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father.
+9:7	ybu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Here, the word **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father.
 9:7	lg0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀκούετε	1	**Listen** is a command or instruction God gave to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people.
 9:8	hq73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι & εἶδον	1	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
 9:9	q2qv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John”
@@ -562,13 +562,13 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:19	tb67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει	1	Here, the pronoun **them** is plural, so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly to whom **them** refers. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said”
 9:19	azc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way, as modeled by the UST.
 9:19	nbw0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1	Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history, and specifically, to refer to all the people who were present with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
-9:19	c88a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you!” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you much longer!”
+9:19	c88a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “O unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “O unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you!” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you much longer!”
 9:19	n4dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long must I be with you and endure your unbelief”
 9:19	b7u5			ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you”
 9:19	nrya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με	1	In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **Bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people.
 9:20	bw3l			πνεῦμα	1	See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md).
-9:20	l4r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	In this verse the first and fourth occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son”, who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion”
-9:20	vdj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion”
+9:20	l4r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	In this verse the first and fourth occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son”, who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately shook the boy with convulsions”
+9:20	vdj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately shook the boy with convulsions”
 9:21	f5zm			καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν	1	Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’”
 9:22	f5yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	In the sentence **help us, having compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first (here the speaker is the father). The normal way of saying this would be, “having compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us”
 9:22	fbup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity,” as modeled by the UST.
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:26	ns4t			ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν	1	Alternate translation: “so that many people said”
 9:28	f0x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον	1	Your language may say “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house”
 9:28	zwjp			εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον	1	Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house”
-9:28	sd45			κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	Alternate translation: “privately”
+9:28	sd45			κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	Alternate translation: “by himself”
 9:29	pdk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ	1	The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting”
 9:29	v2s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γένος	1	Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to a kind of unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit”
 9:29	kh4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	τοῦτο τὸ γένος & δύναται ἐξελθεῖν	1	Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out”
@@ -610,14 +610,14 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:35	jqo3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people”
 9:35	z9x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἔσται & ἔσχατος	1	Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be last”
 9:35	t526			πάντων & πάντων	1	Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
-9:36	qqcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun **their** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples”
+9:36	qqcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples”
 9:37	h242			ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων	1	Alternate translation: “a child such as this one”
 9:37	ul12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Alternate translation: “on my behalf”
 9:37	uik3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	The phrase **does not receive me but the one having sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God, who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him”
 9:37	y24n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me”
 9:38	dxq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. The expression **in your name** means that the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority”
 9:38	a3d3			Διδάσκαλε	1	See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
-9:38	k2i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν	1	Here, **following** does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group”
+9:38	k2i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν	1	Here, **following** does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following with us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group”
 9:39	oynl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **prevent**. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue”
 9:39	yw2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὀνόματί	1	See how you translated **name** in [9:38](../09/38.md).
 9:39	h7ez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κακολογῆσαί	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language.
@@ -631,12 +631,12 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:41	jjq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward”
 9:42	cj0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people”
 9:42	gef5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Here, Jesus is making a comparison to the punishment that people will receive from God for causing other people to sin. Jesus means that the person’s punishment from God for causing people to sin will be worse than if that person had drowned in the sea. He is not saying that someone would actually put a stone around a person’s neck and throw them into the sea as an alternative to being punished by God. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if”
-9:42	z6k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	A **large millstone** was a round stone used for grinding grain into flour. It was so heavy that it required a donkey or an ox to turn it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone,” as modeled by the UST.
-9:42	bx6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck”
+9:42	z6k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	A **millstone of a donkey** was a round stone used for grinding grain into flour. It was so heavy that it required a donkey or an ox to turn it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone,” as modeled by the UST.
+9:42	bx6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone of a donkey around his neck”
 9:43	g8dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου	1	Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do, something sinful with your hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands”
 9:43	ifcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν	1	When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand**, because Judaism taught against harming one’s body, and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14–23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes.
 9:43	wd7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever”
-9:43	h9lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed**, he is not being literal, but rather, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes.
+9:43	h9lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life crippled**, he is not being literal, but rather, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes.
 9:43	l5bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “to live with God forever” or “live forever with God”
 9:43	ttl7			εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον	1	Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out”
 9:45	lx2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε	1	Here, the word **foot** refers to going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin”
@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:13	zx1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this”
 10:13	nmw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσέφερον	1	Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
 10:13	pk8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτῶν ἅψηται	1	Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them”
-10:14	yi5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me”
-10:14	qj7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε	1	If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow”
+10:14	yi5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not forbid them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me”
+10:14	qj7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε	1	If the double negative **do not forbid** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow”
 10:15	y3a2			ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it”
 10:15	a1e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	The point of the comparison, **as a little child**, is that Jesus is comparing how a person must receive the kingdom of God with how a little child would receive things. If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with humble faith”
 10:15	q3ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God”
@@ -686,12 +686,12 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:17	d0iy			Διδάσκαλε	1	See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
 10:17	h45i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ζωὴν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live,” as modeled by the UST.
 10:18	lw1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν?	1	Jesus’ statement “Why are you calling me good?” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using in order to make a point and not to obtain information. If you would not use a rhetorical question to make a point in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good!”
-10:18	gyod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and about what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher,” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life,” a person simply needs to know the right things and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God, a person must focus on God and put their trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly.
+10:18	gyod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except one—God**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and about what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher,” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life,” a person simply needs to know the right things and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God, a person must focus on God and put their trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly.
 10:19	qs3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the Scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother”
 10:19	hj3v			μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς	1	Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
 10:20	bd3s			Διδάσκαλε	1	See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
 10:21	syq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ	1	Here, **lack** is a metaphor for still needing to do something. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done”
-10:21	rd85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
+10:21	rd85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	Here Jesus implies that the man should **give** the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
 10:21	ux1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the phrase **the poor** with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”
 10:21	iij4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	Jesus speaks of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven”
 10:22	afu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῷ λόγῳ	1	Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language, as modeled by the UST.
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:24	z9z1			ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again”
 10:24	fh1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα	1	Here Jesus is using the term **Children** to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and he regards them in that sense. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this plainly, as UST does.
 10:25	f15k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for a **rich** person **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening.
-10:25	t4y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	This phrase, **the eye of a needle**, refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** through which the thread passes. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God”
+10:25	t4y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	This phrase **an eye of a needle** refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** through which the thread passes. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God”
 10:27	vfyb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
 10:28	hcv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	**Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this.
 10:29	m1w3			ἢ ἀγροὺς	1	Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns”
@@ -766,15 +766,14 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:49	n6xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θάρσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **courage** by using an adjective form such as “courageous” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous”
 10:52	s5d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because the man believes that Jesus can heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you have believed in me”
 10:52	bjuw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **faith** some other way that is natural in your language.
-10:52	ub7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **sight** in some other way that is natural in your language.
 11:intro	xg3t				0	# Mark 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [Mark 11:9–10](../mrk/11/09.md) and [Mark 11:17](../mrk/11/17.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both; the donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1–7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1–7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29–36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14–15](../jhn/12/14.md))
 11:1	ch4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐγγίζουσιν	1	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near”
 11:1	g1fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	The word **Bethphage** is the name of a village.
 11:2	bi22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village”
 11:2	si41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμῶν & εὑρήσετε	1	Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
 11:2	r41g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal”
-11:2	yw78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1	Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat”
-11:2	zloo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1	Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden”
+11:2	yw78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat”
+11:2	zloo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1	Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one of men has ever ridden”
 11:3	aw3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε	1	This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey, tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it”
 11:3	q446		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ποιεῖτε	1	The villagers would be speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
 11:3	xw55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt”
@@ -808,34 +807,33 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:14	u3bk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	Jesus is addressing an object that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this fact by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again”
 11:14	b362		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again”
 11:14	ij5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μηκέτι & ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If is would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you”
-11:15	hj7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem”
+11:15	hj7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they go into Jerusalem”
 11:15	c2wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἱερὸν	1	See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning.
 11:15	hoym			ἐκβάλλειν	1	Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out”
 11:15	s4m2			τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας	1	Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling”
 11:15	ve56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἱερῷ	1	See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning.
 11:16	ohxg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἱεροῦ	1	See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning.
 11:17	xrz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν?	1	**Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple, as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have paid closer attention to the scripture which says.”
-11:17	dxwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that his temple would be a place of prayer for all nations, but you have made it a den of robbers”
+11:17	dxwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that his temple would be a place of prayer for all nations, but you have made it a ‘den of robbers’”
 11:17	t9x9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ γέγραπται	1	If your readers might not understand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures”
 11:17	qeix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκός μου	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple”
 11:17	t1ho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house of prayer**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me”
 11:17	npdf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται	1	The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is probably best to say that people will call God’s temple a house of prayer, although it is also possible to say that God will call it that as well. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” or “Everyone will call my temple a house of prayer”
 11:17	qvxz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	προσευχῆς & πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray,” as modeled by the UST.
-11:17	dpt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather”
-11:18	k6dv			ἐζήτουν πῶς	1	Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way that”
+11:17	dpt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a ‘place where thieves gather’”
+11:18	k6dv			ἐζήτουν πῶς	1	Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way by which”
 11:19	h4hg			ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο	1	Alternate translation: “in the evening”
-11:20	s8ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν	1	The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and looked dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died”
-11:20	a83v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξηραμμένην	1	The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up”
+11:20	s8ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν	1	The phrase **the fig tree having withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and looked dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree having withered down to its roots and having died” or “that the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died”
 11:21	jt3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀναμνησθεὶς	1	The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.
 11:21	na1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξήρανται	1	The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died”
 11:22	ry5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἔχετε πίστιν	1	In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have faith”
 11:22	x8k7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God”
 11:23	sy61			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
-11:23	mred		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “that whoever prays to God and says, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’”
+11:23	mred		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “that whoever prays to God and says, ‘God please take up this mountain and throw it into the sea,’”
 11:23	a01g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Here, Jesus uses **mountain** to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it”
-11:23	dwsf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea”
+11:23	dwsf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and throw you into the sea”
 11:23	c3cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives, which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md).
-11:23	k3z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one who would do it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea”
+11:23	k3z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	The phrases **Be taken up** and **be thrown** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one who would do it. Alternate translation: “May God take you up and throw you into the sea”
 11:23	y76p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ	1	In the expression **doubt in his heart**, the word **heart** represents a person’s mind or inner being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt, but believes” or “if he truly believes within himself”
 11:23	doeg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ	1	The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind”
 11:23	fzp5			ἔσται αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “God will make it happen”
@@ -851,7 +849,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:25	jjs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”
 11:25	omze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned”
 11:27	alh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard. Jesus was not walking in the temple, since only priests were allowed inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md).
-11:28	se9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς	1	The question **By what authority do you do these things**, and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things?”
+11:28	se9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς	1	The question **By what authority do you do these things**, and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, or who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things?”
 11:28	ooxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίᾳ & ἐξουσίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way.
 11:29	erqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way.
 11:29	aak2			ἕνα λόγον	1	Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
@@ -861,8 +859,8 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:30	i5is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans”
 11:30	fr1b			ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men”
 11:30	mc8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀποκρίθητέ μοι	1	In the original language in which Mark wrote this book, the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people.
-11:31	s9vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’”
-11:31	e7j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him”
+11:31	s9vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then for what reason did you not believe him’”
+11:31	e7j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us for what reason we did not believe him”
 11:31	nu1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	See how you translated **heaven** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God”
 11:32	tczm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men’”
 11:32	aus1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’”
@@ -874,7 +872,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:32	x4bo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον	1	Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed”
 11:33	rmbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So”
 11:33	us4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ οἴδαμεν	1	The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from”
-11:33	av5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you”
+11:33	av5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	With the words **Nor do I tell you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you”
 11:33	arpm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way.
 12:intro	ne55				0	# Mark 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10–11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\n\nHypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so their listeners can imagine them happening and learn lessons from them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The son of David as Lord\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a Psalm that records David calling his son “Lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35–37, Jesus is trying to help his hearers understand that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So, David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
 12:1	w2hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nTo help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better. He began”
@@ -883,7 +881,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:1	fd71			γεωργοῖς	1	While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers”
 12:2	s83v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ καιρῷ	1	This refers to the time of harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made clear, as modeled by the UST.
 12:2	su2e			γεωργοὺς & γεωργῶν	1	See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
-12:2	oxoo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καρπῶν	1	The word **fruit** could be: (1) literal. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce”
+12:2	oxoo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καρπῶν	1	The word **fruits** could be: (1) literal. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce”
 12:3	c321		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπέστειλαν κενόν	1	Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit from the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to be **empty** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything”
 12:4	jhi3			καὶ ἠτίμασαν	1	Alternate translation: “and humiliated” or “badly mistreated”
 12:6	z5hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son”
@@ -891,21 +889,21 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:7	kefz			γεωργοὶ	1	See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
 12:7	s5dc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he would inherit”
 12:8	gx6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described, specifically that the farmers carried out the plan that they had decided on. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So”
-12:9	r4md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.”
+12:9	r4md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them:” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.”
 12:9	tlji			γεωργούς	1	See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
 12:9	g4ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop”
 12:9	mc5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	The word **others** refers to other vine dressers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it”
-12:10	v6ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone”
+12:10	v6ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that a stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone”
 12:10	xj9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε:	1	Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture!” or “And you should remember this scripture!” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture!”
 12:10	mzr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	This quotation from Psalm 118 is a metaphor. It speaks of the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. The Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, which is the most important stone in the building. This means that God will make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explicit explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
-12:10	kv7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone which the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
+12:10	kv7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
 12:10	l5ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building”
 12:11	r8z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation, then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done”
 12:11	k5w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	Here, **eyes** represent “seeing,” so the expression **in our eyes** refers to the perspective of the person seeing the event. Alternate translation: “from our perspective, it is marvelous” or “we see that it is wonderful”
 12:12	b1vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.”
-12:12	lx62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd, they did not seize him” or “but they did not seize him, because they feared the crowd”
+12:12	lx62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “and because they were afraid of the crowd, they did not seize him” or “and they did not seize him, because they feared the crowd”
 12:12	v9wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events, as modeled by the UST.
-12:12	v5wv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and the reason why they were not able to do so. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however, they were afraid of what the people might do”
+12:12	v5wv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here, Mark uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and the reason why they were not able to do so. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “yet they were afraid of what the people might do”
 12:13	z2sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν	1	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders,” as modeled by the UST.
 12:13	pj3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	The term **the Herodians** means those who supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
 12:13	kuy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν	1	Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as trapping him. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **to trap him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to trick him”
@@ -1014,7 +1012,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:35	q6e4			πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν?	1	This is not a rhetorical question. Rather, Jesus’ listeners had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement.
 12:35	i6a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here, Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what **son** means in this context, you could express its meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David”
 12:36	e1zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ	1	Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ”
-12:36	jlbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet”
+12:36	jlbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he put his enemies under his feet”
 12:36	ejy2			ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ	1	Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit”
 12:36	dv7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”
 12:36	v53p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me”
@@ -1055,7 +1053,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:44	ihuq			ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον	1	Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
 12:44	ui9a			αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “but she who had only had a very little money gave everything she had to live on”
 12:44	l4tp			τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “her lack” or “the little she had”
-12:44	p3as			τὸν βίον αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “she had to survive on”
+12:44	p3as			ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “all she had to survive on”
 13:intro	ti7d				0	# Mark 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24–25, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The return of Christ\n\nJesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6–37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
 13:1	rrv1			Διδάσκαλε	1	See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
 13:1	ql81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί	1	Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones with which the temple walls were built. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How wonderful these huge stones are and how wonderful these buildings are”
@@ -1064,7 +1062,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:3	izt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν κατ’ ἰδίαν Πέτρος, καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀνδρέας	1	Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew were privately asking him”
 13:3	u7ju			κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	Alternate translation: “when they were alone with him” or “privately”
 13:4	uf37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα	1	Both occurrences of the phrase **these things** refer to what Jesus said in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **these things** refers to, as the UST models.
-13:4	lw1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “when God is about to fulfill all these things”
+13:4	lw1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “when God is about to complete all these things”
 13:5	fe42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγειν αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew, who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples”
 13:5	qekc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	1	In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that”
 13:6	z63u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me”
@@ -1109,15 +1107,15 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:12	hrhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “parents, their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to the authorities to be killed”
 13:12	vjcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
 13:12	r66s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς	1	Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents”
-13:13	pk3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you”
-13:13	w8pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language, as modeled by the UST.
+13:13	pk3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all will hate you”
+13:13	w8pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	Here, **all** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language, as modeled by the UST.
 13:13	jhp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person, their name. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me”
 13:13	w28q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end”
 13:13	c33n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	Here, **endured** represents having continued to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end”
 13:13	vcz4			ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over”
 13:14	d4nw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is from the book of Daniel. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple”
-13:14	vx3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing”
-13:14	ck7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	The phrase **Let the one reading understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase, as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
+13:14	vx3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where he should not be standing”
+13:14	ck7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	The phrase **let the one reading understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase, as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
 13:15	m1hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ	1	Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything”
 13:16	y1e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment”
 13:17	bi8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning the woman is with child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant”
@@ -1130,7 +1128,6 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:19	e98e			οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη	1	Alternate translation: “of a kind that has not yet happened” or “which will be worse than any type of suffering that has happened”
 13:19	r1ly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST.
 13:19	c5sz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ γένηται	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “there will never be days like these again” or “after this tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it”
-13:20	y7g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν & ἐκολόβωσεν	1	The words **cut short** form an idiom which means “to shorten.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened”
 13:20	el7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὰς ἡμέρας & τὰς ἡμέρας	1	See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time”
 13:20	kda6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	Jesus is describing people by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved”
 13:20	dosx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “the Lord” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die”
@@ -1139,7 +1136,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:20	af7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς	1	Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as modeled by the UST.
 13:21-22	d9gr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge		0	# General Information:\n\nIn verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in verse 22 he gives the reason for the command. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 21–22 as the UST does.
 13:21	qsfu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is either here or there” or “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is in this location or that location”
-13:21	yfd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἴδε, ἐκεῖ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look, there is the Christ”
+13:21	yfd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἴδε, ἐκεῖ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Behold, there is the Christ”
 13:22	yw81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will come”
 13:22	n81i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	See how you translated the phrase **the elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md).
 13:23	jq8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βλέπετε	1	See how you translated the word **watch** in [13:9](../13/09.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “be watchful” or “be alert”
@@ -1156,20 +1153,18 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:26	yn52			τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 13:26	a130		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST.
 13:26	nlo7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλαις	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that the phrase **coming in clouds** means **coming** down from heaven **in clouds**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in clouds”
-13:26	cd1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης	1	The phrase **with great power and glory** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “with majesty and splendor” or “with awesome might and supreme honor”
+13:26	cd1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης	1	The phrase **with much power and glory** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “with majesty and splendor” or “with awesome might and supreme honor”
 13:26	h4z1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **power** or **glory**, you can express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “to show he is very powerful and everyone should praise him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “to show I am very powerful and everyone should praise me”
 13:27	nsyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST.
 13:27	a1z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς	1	See how you translated the word **elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md).
 13:27	vpb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων	1	The phrase **the four winds** is a figurative way of referring to the four directions: north, south, east, and west; it means “everywhere.” Jesus speaks, using these directions in order to include everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west”
-13:27	u1vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ	1	The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of the sky** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are”
+13:27	u1vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ	1	The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of heaven** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are”
 13:28	c99s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nTo teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember, Jesus now gives a brief illustration. Consider the best way to introduce this parable in your language. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to learn this truth which the fig tree illustrates”
 13:28	ti6e			τῆς συκῆς	1	See how you translated the phrase **fig tree** in [11:13](../11/13.md).
 13:28	u8ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῆς συκῆς	1	Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “fig trees”
-13:28	z417			ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν	1	Alternate translation: “summer is about to begin” or “the warm season is about to start”
+13:28	z417			ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν	1	Alternate translation: “the summer is about to begin” or “the warm season is about to start”
 13:29	q53b			ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described”
-13:29	w1k7			ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **he is near** could also be translated as “it is near.” If the phrase **these things** refers to the destruction of Jerusalem, then the translation “it is near” is the preferred choice. The phrase “it is near” then refers to the abomination of desolation and the other events related to Jerusalem’s destruction rather than to Christ’s second coming, which the translation **he is near** would indicate. Alternate translation: “it is almost here”
-13:29	aul8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to “the Son of Man”, which is the title Jesus used for himself in [13:26](../13/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man is near”
-13:29	ini9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near”
+13:29	w1k7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	Here, the word translated **it** could: (1) refer to the coming of the Son of Man and the gathering of the elect, as described in [13:26–27](../13/26.md). Alternate translation: “his coming is near” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “my coming is near” (2) be translated as “he” and refer to the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “he is near” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “I am near”
 13:29	iavl			γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις.	1	The phrase **at the doors** adds further detail to the phrase **he is near**. The phrase **at the doors** explains how **near** he is.
 13:29	z2pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near, ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is ready to enter” or “and waiting at the door”
 13:30	tg35			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
@@ -1200,11 +1195,11 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:intro	uk36				0	# Mark 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[Mark 14:22–25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n### The new covenant\n\nSome people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Abba, Father\n\n“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 14:1	hwb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nMark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information.
 14:1	xa8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν δὲ τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὰ Ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας. καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	During **the Festival of Unleavened Bread** the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this phrase as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “Now it was two days before the beginning of the Passover and the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast. The chief priests and the scribes were seeking”
-14:1	ve8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες, ἀποκτείνωσιν	1	Here, both uses of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could seize Jesus by stealth and kill him”
+14:1	ve8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες, ἀποκτείνωσιν	1	Here, both uses of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could seize Jesus by deceit and kill him”
 14:1	qtym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκτείνωσιν	1	These leaders did not have the authority to execute Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “they could have Jesus killed”
 14:2	em4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον γάρ	1	The pronoun **they** refers to “the chief priests and the scribes” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “For the chief priests and the scribes were saying to one another”
 14:2	fk19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival” or “We should not arrest him during the festival”
-14:3	owfp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ	1	Both uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, while Jesus was reclining to eat”
+14:3	owfp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ	1	Both uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And Jesus being in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, Jesus reclining to eat”
 14:3	bf84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	The word **Simon** is the name of a man. This man previously had leprosy but no longer had this disease. If this man had still had leprosy, he would have been considered ceremonially unclean in this society and would not have been allowed to enter the presence of people who did not have leprosy. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. Alternate translation: “Simon, the man who formerly had leprosy”
 14:3	hh81			λεπροῦ	1	See how you translated the term “leper” in [1:40](../01/40.md).
 14:3	sh4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ	1	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast or dinner party was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “while he is lying on a banqueting couch to eat”
@@ -1227,13 +1222,13 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:7	tc3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	See how you translated the phrase **the poor** in [14:5](../14/05.md). Alternate translation: “people who are poor”
 14:9	vr3w			ἀμὴν & λέγω ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated the statement **truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 14:9	ysc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel”
-14:9	ljh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “my followers will also speak of what she has done”
+14:9	ljh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “my followers will speak also of what she has done”
 14:9	u2ar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μνημόσυνον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remembrance**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST, or you can express the same idea in another way that is natural in your language.
 14:10	br8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριὼθ	1	See how you translated the name **Judas Iscariot** in [Mark 3:19](../mrk/03/19.md).
 14:10	tq5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md).
-14:10	z71f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς	1	**Judas** did not deliver Jesus to the **chief priests** yet. Rather, he went to make such arrangements with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them”
+14:10	z71f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς	1	**Judas** did not deliver Jesus to the **chief priests** yet. Rather, he went to make such arrangements with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would hand Jesus over to them”
 14:10	hmhr			ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “to help them arrest Jesus”
-14:10	khvb			παραδοῖ	1	See how you translated the word “betrayed” in [3:19](../03/19.md).
+14:10	khvb			αὐτὸν παραδοῖ	1	See how you translated the phrase “handed him over” in [3:19](../03/19.md).
 14:10	u2ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
 14:11	kzk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	It may be helpful to your readers to state explicitly what the chief priests **heard**. Alternate translation: “But the chief priests, when they heard that Judas Iscariot was willing to betray Jesus to them”
 14:11	m4il		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1	Mark is speaking of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives money its value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay money to Judas for doing this”
@@ -1253,24 +1248,24 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:15	k4t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
 14:16	sb35			ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	Alternate translation: “the two disciples departed”
 14:16	wkh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **the Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
-14:17	i1q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly to where Jesus and his disciples came. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house”
-14:17	t0q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἔρχεται	1	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he went”
+14:17	i1q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly to where Jesus and his disciples came. Alternate translation: “he comes with the Twelve to the house”
+14:17	t0q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἔρχεται	1	Your language may say “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he goes”
 14:17	bheu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md).
 14:18	cwl8			ἀνακειμένων	1	See how you translated the phrase **reclining to eat** in [14:3](../14/03.md).
 14:18	dg95			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
-14:18	v5es			παραδώσει	1	See how you translated the word **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
+14:18	v5es			παραδώσει με	1	See how you translated the phrase “hand him over” in [14:10](../14/10.md).
 14:19	layt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι	1	The pronoun **They** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The disciples began to be sorrowful”
 14:19	v3a1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἷς κατὰ εἷς	1	The phrase **one by one** is an idiom meaning “one at a time.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one at a time”
 14:19	f13p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μήτι	1	The phrase **Surely not** is the ULT’s translation of the negative Greek word that Mark used. The Greek word that Mark used is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language.
 14:20	n1tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “He is one of the twelve of you”
 14:20	htn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	Part of the Passover meal involved **dipping** bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me”
-14:21	cif4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, am going away just as Scripture says about me, but woe to that man by whom I will be betrayed”
+14:21	cif4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, depart just as it has been written about me, but woe to that man by whom I am handed over”
 14:21	h35q			Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
-14:21	q5l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses the phrase **going away** to refer to his death. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die just as the Scriptures say”
-14:21	hl6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	Here, Mark uses **it is written** to mean that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. Mark assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures”
+14:21	q5l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses the word **departs** to refer to his death. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die just as it has been written about him”
+14:21	hl6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	Here, Mark uses **it has been written** to mean that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. Mark assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures”
 14:21	b13q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” did it. Alternate translation: “men inspired by God have written”
-14:21	f51n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me”
-14:21	ct78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man”
+14:21	f51n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who hands him over” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who hands me over”
+14:21	ct78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who hands over the Son of Man”
 14:22	ne53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτον	1	The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread** that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread”
 14:22	ukuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1	Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread”
 14:22	oqv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐλογήσας	1	Mark assumes that his readers will know that the phrase **having blessed {it}** means that Jesus prayed to God before they ate the bread. Jewish people would have known that at the beginning of the Passover meal the host would begin the meal by praying a prayer of praise to God for the bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and having prayed and given thanks to God for it” or “and having prayed a prayer of praise to God for it”
@@ -1291,7 +1286,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:25	ue3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [1:15](../01/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language to understand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule” as modeled by the UST.
 14:26	l996		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑμνήσαντες	1	A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God”
 14:27	pu4s			λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
-14:27	lty4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	Here, **fall away** is an idiom meaning “to desert.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You will all leave me”
+14:27	lty4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	Here Jesus speaks as if his disciples were going to **stumble**. He means that they will reject and desert him because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You all will desert me” or “You all will run away from me”
 14:27	gkb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	Here, Mark uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament passage of Scripture, ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in God’s Word” or “it is written by Zechariah the prophet”
 14:27	jp51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Zechariah” did it. Alternate translation: “regarding what would happen to the Messiah and his followers, Zechariah wrote”
 14:27	qzzv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι γέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered”
@@ -1300,7 +1295,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:28	dm1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγερθῆναί με	1	The phrase **raised up** means to having become alive again after having died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again”
 14:28	qi4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead”
 14:29	op1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες	1	By using the word **all** in this context, the implication is that **Peter** is referring to “all the other disciples.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the other disciples”
-14:29	j961		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	See how you translated the phrase **fall away** in [14:27](../14/27.md). Alternate translation: “leave you”
+14:29	j961		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	See how you translated the phrase **will be caused to stumble** in [14:27](../14/27.md). Alternate translation: “leave you”
 14:29	div5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐγώ	1	In the phrase **not I**, Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will not fall away” or “I will not forsake you”
 14:30	z2q9			ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 14:30	i4g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “rooster crowing” in [13:35](../13/35.md).
@@ -1309,7 +1304,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:32	ni66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἔρχονται	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “went” rather than **come** or “came” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” or “they go”
 14:34	eyw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	By using the phrase **My soul**, Jesus is speaking of his entire self by referring to one part of himself, his **soul**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language, as modeled by the UST.
 14:34	krj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ψυχή μου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST.
-14:34	ic1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	Jesus is using the phrase **even to death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could turn the phrase **even to death** into a simile, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “and I have so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death”
+14:34	ic1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	Jesus is using the phrase **to death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could turn the phrase **to death** into a simile, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “and I have so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death”
 14:35	nk8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “if possible”
 14:35	wc6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	παρέλθῃ & ἡ ὥρα	1	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models.
 14:35	gj74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1	Here, Jesus is referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming hours as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves, by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he knew he was going to have to suffer”
@@ -1339,31 +1334,30 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:41	msb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	**Behold** is an exclamation word that communicates that the listeners should pay attention. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this, as modeled by the UST.
 14:41	khqg			ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 14:41	h5u5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST.
-14:41	eg9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is about to betray the Son of Man into the hands of sinners”
-14:41	uyzf			παραδίδοται	1	See how you translated the word **betrayed** in [3:19](../03/19.md), where it used with the same meaning as it is here.
-14:41	mcns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. See how you translated **hands** in [9:31](../09/31.md), where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “into the control of sinners” or “into the custody of sinners”
+14:41	eg9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is about to hand over the Son of Man into the hands of the sinners”
+14:41	uyzf			παραδίδοται	1	See how you translated the phrase “betrayed him” in [3:19](../03/19.md), where it is used with the same meaning as it is here.
+14:41	mcns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. See how you translated **hands** in [9:31](../09/31.md), where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “into the control of the sinners” or “into the custody of the sinners”
 14:42	ruj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated the word **Behold** in [14:41](../14/41.md).
 14:42	vkzb			ὁ	1	Alternate translation: “the person”
-14:42	qmm4			παραδιδούς	1	See how you translated the word **betrayed** in [3:19](../03/19.md), where it used with a similar meaning as the word **betraying** here.
+14:42	qmm4			παραδιδούς	1	See how you translated the phrase “handed him over” in [3:19](../03/19.md).
 14:43	ytk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	εὐθὺς	1	See how you translated the word **immediately** in [1:10](../01/10.md).
 14:43	nz4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md).
-14:44	r9cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δεδώκει δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν σύσσημον αὐτοῖς λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπάγετε ἀσφαλῶς	1	To help his readers understand what happens next, Mark provides this background information about how Judas had arranged his betrayal of Jesus with the Jewish leaders. Here Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information which he gives in the rest of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas, who was going to betray Jesus, gave this sign to those who were going to arrest Jesus. Judas said, ‘Whomever I may kiss, he it is. Seize him and lead him away securely’”
-14:44	bvwx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
-14:44	bzj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	The phrase **his betrayer** refers to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
-14:44	lsh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτός ἐστιν	1	The phrase **he it is** refers to Jesus, the man that Judas was going to identify. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one you should arrest”
-14:45	qjh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προσελθὼν	1	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone up”
+14:44	r9cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δεδώκει δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν σύσσημον αὐτοῖς λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπάγετε ἀσφαλῶς	1	To help his readers understand what happens next, Mark provides this background information about how Judas had arranged his betrayal of Jesus with the Jewish leaders. Here Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information which he gives in the rest of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas, who was going to hand Jesus over, gave this signal to those who were going to arrest Jesus. Judas said, ‘Whomever I may kiss, he it is. Seize him and lead him away securely’”
+14:44	bvwx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
+14:44	bzj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	The phrase **the one handing him over** refers to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
+14:44	lsh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτός ἐστιν	1	The phrase **is he** refers to Jesus, the man that Judas was going to identify. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one you should arrest”
 14:45	tpd4			Ῥαββεί	1	See how you translated the title **Rabbi** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
 14:46	gszh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of Jesus and seized him in order to take him into custody”
 14:46	y5qv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	The phrases, **laid hands on him** and **seized him** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him”
 14:47	m6b9			τῶν	1	Alternate translation: “of the people who were”
 14:48	gv6e			ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd”
 14:48	eq25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as an emphatic way to rebuke the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs as if I were a robber!”
-14:48	djp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξήλθατε	1	Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Did you go out”
+14:48	djp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξήλθατε	1	Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “have you gone out”
 14:49	my05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so by saying **the temple**, Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
 14:49	t9d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαί	1	Jesus’ words **But so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled** could: (1) be an ellipsis. If this is the case, then Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words. Matthew, in his parallel account in [Matt 26:56](../mat/26/56.md), supplies the words “all this has happened” between the words **But** and **so that**, so if this is an ellipsis these are the words that should be supplied. Alternate translation: “But all this has happened so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled” or “But, so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled, all this has happened” (2) instead be translated with an imperatival meaning as “But let the Scriptures be fulfilled.” Alternate translation: “But let the Scriptures be fulfilled”
 14:49	d8wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus implies that both God and sinful humans are acting to fulfill Scripture. God is intentionally acting to fulfill Scripture by leading Jesus to be willing to die and not flee from those trying to kill him. Sinful humans are also acting to fulfill Scripture even though they do not know that they are fulfilling what God had foretold in the Old Testament would happen to the Messiah. Because of this, if you must state who did the action, it would be best to translate this in a way that includes both or allows for both. Alternate translation: “God might fulfill through the acts of sinful men what has been foretold in the Scriptures”
 14:50	pk0i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
-14:50	gqz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔφυγον πάντες	1	The phrase **they all** refers to Jesus’ 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all Jesus’ disciples ran away”
+14:50	gqz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔφυγον πάντες	1	The phrase **they all** refers to Jesus’ 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all Jesus’ disciples fled”
 14:51	y5yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σινδόνα	1	The term **linen** refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a garment made of fine cloth” or “a garment made of good cloth”
 14:51	nag4			κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “the men seized that man”
 14:53	ze1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what the phrase **they led Jesus away** means. Alternate translation: “they took Jesus from where they had arrested him”
@@ -1373,7 +1367,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:55	wlp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐζήτουν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαρτυρίαν, εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	The phrase **seeking testimony against** means that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin was seeking evidence against Jesus that they could bring to the Roman authorities and use it to accuse Jesus. This was not an official trial. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were looking for evidence against Jesus so that they could have him put to death”
 14:55	xp1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μαρτυρίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language.
 14:55	yew5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed”
-14:56	quw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the word **testimony** in [14:55](../14/55.md). Alternate translation: “but what they said against Jesus was not the same” or “but when they testified against Jesus, they contradicted each other” or “but when they testified against Jesus, their testimonies were not consistent with each other”
+14:56	quw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimonies**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the word **testimonies** in [14:55](../14/55.md). Alternate translation: “but what they said against Jesus was not the same” or “but when they testified against Jesus, they contradicted each other” or “but when they testified against Jesus, their testimonies were not consistent with each other”
 14:57	vulz			ἐψευδομαρτύρουν	1	See how you translated the word **testifying** in [14:56](../14/56.md).
 14:58	nbvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, τὸν χειροποίητον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “We heard him saying that he will destroy this temple made with hands and in three days will build another made without hands”
 14:58	f82e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	The pronoun **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus. It does not include the people to whom they are speaking. If your language requires you to mark such forms, **We** would be exclusive here.
@@ -1381,15 +1375,15 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 14:58	hm5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἄλλον	1	By saying **another**, Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word “temple” from the context, as modeled by the UST.
 14:58	v4ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω	1	By saying **another made without hands**, Jesus is referring to his body which God would bring back to life after **three days**. Because this is a direct quote of something that Jesus said, you should keep this information implicit in your translation.
 14:59	atbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ μαρτυρία	1	See how you translated the word **testimony** in [14:55](../14/55.md).
-14:60	d7i8			καταμαρτυροῦσιν	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated the word **testifying** in [14:56](../14/56.md).
+14:60	d7i8			οὗτοί & καταμαρτυροῦσιν	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated the word **testifying** in [14:56](../14/56.md).
 14:61	p8b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁ & ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν	1	The phrases **he was silent** and the phrase **did not answer** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not respond to any of the false accusations that were being made against him. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him at all!” or “Jesus did not reply to a single thing that was said against him!”
 14:61	o27t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	Here, the title **the Blessed One** is a way of referring to God, so when the **high priest** asks Jesus if he is **the Son of the Blessed One**, he is asking Jesus if he is “the Son of God.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
 14:62	c212			τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **the Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 14:62	yhhk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST.
 14:62	d5qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what **sitting at the right hand** of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the all-powerful God” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God”
 14:62	e1xd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	By using the phrase **of power**, Jesus is referring to God by association with his **power**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture that expresses power, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” or “sitting at the right hand of God who is powerful”
-14:63	jz48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ	1	In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage”
-14:63	afd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	By saying **What need do we still have of witnesses?**, the high priest is not asking for information but is using the question form here for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!”
+14:63	jz48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ	1	In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothing was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “having torn his tunics in outrage”
+14:63	afd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	By saying **Why do we still have need of witnesses?**, the high priest is not asking for information but is using the question form here for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!”
 14:64	zwf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας	1	This refers to what Jesus had said, which the high priest labelled as blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken”
 14:64	fu4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔνοχον εἶναι θανάτου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and said he deserved to be executed”
 14:65	y1s4			ἤρξαντό τινες	1	Alternate translation: “some of those present” or “some of the people there”
@@ -1410,15 +1404,15 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 15:1	xz7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν	1	The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been the guards who actually bound Jesus and **led {him} away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then the guards bound him and led him away”
 15:1	v2yf			παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”
 15:2	kn7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει	1	Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “responding to him, says”
-15:2	dh6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	**You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say”
+15:2	dh6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	**You say {it}** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say”
 15:3	b9sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά	1	Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the chief priests were accusing Jesus of many things”
 15:3	ue18			κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ & πολλά	1	Alternate translation: “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many wrong things”
 15:4	s2as			οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Alternate translation: “Are you not going to respond to anything they have said?”
 15:5	way9			ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη	1	Alternate translation: “But Jesus made no further reply”
-15:6	ul19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν, ἀπέλυεν αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον, ὃν παρῃτοῦντο	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line as Mark shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts. Mark is providing background information in this verse to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “It was Pilate’s custom to release to them a prisoner of their choice during the festival”
+15:6	ul19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν, ἀπέλυεν αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον, ὃν παρῃτοῦντο	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line as Mark shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts. Mark is providing background information in this verse to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “It was Pilate’s custom to release to them a prisoner of their choice at the festival”
 15:7	pdy3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Mark introduces more background information, this time about Barabbas, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And”
 15:7	lx8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεγόμενος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who bore the name”
-15:7	wvzq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “the Roman authorities” had soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “whom the Roman soldiers tied up and put”
+15:7	wvzq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “the Roman authorities” had soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “whom the Roman soldiers had bound”
 15:7	iofn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	φόνον πεποιήκεισαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **murder**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST.
 15:8	a4xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἀναβὰς	1	Your language may say “having gone up” rather than **having come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone up”
 15:9	o3j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	When translating the phrase **answered them, saying** see how you translated the similar phrase “answering him, says” in [15:2](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “responded to them”
@@ -1435,23 +1429,23 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 15:13	nwms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σταύρωσον αὐτόν	1	Here, the word **Crucify** is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate the phrase **Crucify him** as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him”
 15:14	e55i			σταύρωσον αὐτόν	1	See how you translated the phrase **Crucify him** in [15:13](../15/13.md).
 15:15	qt8y			τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι	1	Alternate translation: “to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do”
-15:15	fwg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	1	Mark assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually flog **Jesus**, and he assumes his readers will know that Pilate ordered his soldiers to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
+15:15	fwg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φραγελλώσας	1	Mark assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually flog **Jesus**, and he assumes his readers will know that Pilate ordered his soldiers to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
 15:15	yzn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φραγελλώσας	1	If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Flogging was a Roman penalty in which they whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip with pieces of bone and metal attached to it” or “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which was attached pieces of bone and metal”
-15:15	w1sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. With the phrase **so that he might be crucified**, Mark is stating the purpose for which Pilate** handed over Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and after having Jesus flogged, he handed Jesus over to them in order that they might crucify him”
+15:15	w1sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. With the phrase **so that he might be crucified**, Mark is stating the purpose for which Pilate **handed Jesus over**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and after having Jesus flogged, he handed Jesus over to them in order that they might crucify him”
 15:15	r9id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σταυρωθῇ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “his soldiers might take him away and crucify him”
-15:16	eg6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον	1	By clarifying **(that is, the Praetorium)**, Mark explains that **the palace** is the official residence of the Roman governor. This background information is given to help his readers understand exactly what he means by using the word **palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which is, the Praetorium”
+15:16	eg6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον	1	By clarifying **(that is, the Praetorium)**, Mark explains that **the courtyard** is part of the official residence of the Roman governor. This background information is given to help his readers understand exactly what he means by using the word **courtyard**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which is, the Praetorium”
 15:16	lb2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πραιτώριον	1	The **Praetorium** was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the soldiers in Jerusalem lived. Mark assumes that his readers will know what the **Praetorium** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence”
 15:16	b5gs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	Mark assumes that his readers will know that a **cohort** was a unit of Roman soldiers. A **cohort** normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to a number as small as 200 men. Here, by saying **the whole cohort**, Mark most likely means all the soldiers from the **cohort** who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that a **cohort** was a unit of Roman soldiers. Additionally, you could also say explicitly that it was only the soldiers who were on duty who were called together, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there”
 15:17	tn33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον	1	In Roman culture, a **purple robe** and a **crown** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** and a **purple robe** on Jesus in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. It may be helpful to your readers to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “they put a purple robe on him and placed on his head a crown that they had made by twisting thorns together. They did these things in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king”
 15:17	ly5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πορφύραν	1	The word **purple** denotes a color. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color **purple**, you could use the closest equivalent color that your readers would be familiar with such as “crimson” or “scarlet” (“crimson” and “scarlet” are two different names for the same color) since Matthew records in [Matt 27:28](../mat/27/28.md) that the color of the robe was “scarlet.” The fact that Matthew and Mark use a different color to describe the color of the same robe probably means that its color closely resembled both “scarlet” and **purple**. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors, you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with, such as “red” or “dark red.” Alternate translation: “dark red” or “red” or “crimson” or “scarlet”
-15:17	xfk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον	1	Mark uses the word **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a crown twisted together from thorny branches”
-15:18	ft1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἀσπάζεσθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	The word **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers used this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “to salute him by saying in a mocking manner: ‘Hail, King of the Jews’”
+15:17	xfk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον	1	Mark uses the word **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having twisted it together from thorny branches, a crown”
+15:18	ft1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἀσπάζεσθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	The word **Rejoice** was a common greeting, but the soldiers used this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “to salute him by saying in a mocking manner: ‘Rejoice, King of the Jews’”
 15:19	gz3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	καλάμῳ, καὶ	1	Matthew records in [Matt 27:19](../mat/27/19.md) that the soldiers placed a **reed** in Jesus’ “right hand” and that “they mocked him” by saying, “Hail, King of the Jews!” At this time in history, kings used scepters. The **reed** would have resembled a scepter, so the soldiers are using a **reed** here to mock Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “with a reed that they were using as a pretend scepter, and they were”
 15:19	muvw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ	1	In this culture, the action of **spitting on** a person was a way to show thorough disgust. It expressed strong contempt for someone. If your readers would not understand the meaning of **spitting on** someone in this context and there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in place of this action.
 15:19	a8a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ	1	The acts of **bending the knee** and **bowing down** were things normally done as a way of honoring kings. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their actions. These soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king, but rather, they are doing these things to express mockery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Also see the discussion about this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “bending the knee, they were bowing down to him in order to mock him”
 15:20	styv			πορφύραν	1	See how you translated the word **purple** in [15:17](../15/17.md).
 15:20	dp33			ἐξάγουσιν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “then they led him out of the city” or “required Jesus to carry his cross and then led Jesus out of the city” or “made Jesus carry his cross and led Jesus out of the city”
-15:20	euk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus was **led out**, namely that **they might crucify him**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”
+15:20	euk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus was **led** out, namely that **they might crucify him**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”
 15:21	cj4l			ἀγγαρεύουσιν & ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
 15:21	s4j3			ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	Alternate translation: “from outside the city”
 15:21	rtz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνα & Ἀλεξάνδρου & Ῥούφου	1	The words **Simon**, **Alexander**, and **Rufus** are the names of men.
@@ -1463,8 +1457,8 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 15:22	m1dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST.
 15:23	e9xd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain that **myrrh** was a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving drug called myrrh”
 15:23	ld7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσμυρνισμένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language.
-15:23	r0xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Jesus would **drink** the **wine mixed with myrrh**. Instead, Jesus refused to **drink it**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast.
-15:24	s5m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ	1	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and the Roman soldiers gambled for them”
+15:23	r0xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Jesus would drink the **wine having been mixed with myrrh**. Instead, Jesus refused to drink it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast.
+15:24	s5m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ	1	The term **lot** refers to an object with different markings on various sides that would be used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **a lot**, you could state that it was “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and the Roman soldiers gambled for them”
 15:24	mn6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τίς τί ἄρῃ	1	Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “to decide who would take what”
 15:25	dzbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information of the time of day when Jesus was crucified. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “And”
 15:25	q1ze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὥρα τρίτη	1	The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a 12-hour time period and the night into a 12-hour period. Here the phrase **the third hour** refers to **the third hour** of the day, which was approximately three hours after sunrise. Here, **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the third hour** as “nine o’clock in the morning”, as modeled by the UST, since this is what time the phrase **the third hour** is referring to. Alternately, you can express the meaning of the phrase **the third hour** in some other way that is natural in your culture. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning”
@@ -1475,7 +1469,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 15:27	mgf3			ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “one robber on his right side and one robber on his left side” or “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him”
 15:28	itjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “And by crucifying Jesus with robbers, they fulfilled the scripture that says”
 15:28	d5g8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “And he was reckoned by God and by people as being with the wicked”
-15:29	v8nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	The people’s action of **shaking their heads** at Jesus showed their disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If your readers would not understand what it means to shake one’s head at someone in this context and there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
+15:29	v8nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	The people’s action of **wagging their heads** at Jesus showed their disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If your readers would not understand what it means to shake one’s head at someone in this context and there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
 15:29	a7ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	οὐὰ	1	**Aha** is an exclamation word that communicates triumph, usually over an enemy. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Take that!”
 15:29	hy37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις	1	The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days”
 15:31	d5se			ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	Alternate translation: “were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves”
@@ -1485,32 +1479,31 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 15:32	q5qv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμεν	1	The Jewish leaders are using a hypothetical situation since they do not believe that Jesus actually has the power to come down from the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate plainly that the Jewish leaders are using this as a hypothetical situation. Use whatever form in your language would be most natural to communicate this. Alternate translation: “If he really is the Christ, the King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross. Then we will see and believe that he is the Christ and the King of Israel”
 15:32	f8yw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which they said that Jesus should **come down now from the cross**, which was in order that **they might see and might believe**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”
 15:32	r6c4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πιστεύσωμεν	1	The phrase **might believe** means to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe in him”
-15:32	dcb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνεσταυρωμένοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in [15:20](../15/20.md) that “soldiers” are the ones who are crucifying Jesus and the two other men. Alternate translation: “who the soldiers had crucified”
+15:32	dcb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνεσταυρωμένοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in [15:20](../15/20.md) that “soldiers” are the ones who are crucifying Jesus and the two other men. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had crucified”
 15:33	q1gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὥρας ἕκτης	1	The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a 12-hour time period and the night into a 12-hour period. Here, the phrase **the sixth hour** refers to the sixth hour of the day, often called “twelve o’clock” or “noon” in some parts of the world. The **the sixth hour** of the day was approximately six hours after sunrise. The term **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the sixth hour** as “noon”, as modeled by the UST, or as “twelve o’clock.” Alternately, you can translate it in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “the hour of twelve o’clock”
 15:33	m67d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o’clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase “the sixth hour” earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours”
-15:33	jvf0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐγένετο	1	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went”
 15:34	r6tj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ	1	See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md).
 15:34	azt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly”
-15:34	ls1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με	1	Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you could spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning.
+15:34	ls1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με	1	Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lema sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why did you forsake me**. In your translation you could spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning.
 15:34	qw71			ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον	1	See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md).
 15:35	apg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said, as modeled by the UST.
-15:37	xkpk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην	1	See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md).
-15:37	puak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1	Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **breathed his last**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died”
+15:37	xkpk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην	1	See how you translated the phrase “cried out with a loud voice” in [15:34](../15/34.md).
+15:37	puak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1	Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the word **expired**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died”
 15:38	sk3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action.
 15:38	t71k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the **temple**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place”
-15:38	ni8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore”
-15:39	hue4			ἐξέπνευσεν	1	See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md).
+15:38	ni8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the phrase **was split** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God split”
+15:39	hue4			ἐξέπνευσεν	1	See how you translated the word **expired** in [15:37](../15/37.md).
 15:39	ariw			ἀληθῶς	1	See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly”
 15:39	nqv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
 15:40	gkgi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ἐν αἷς καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη	1	If it would be more natural in your language to first give background information about these women before listing individual names, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to the end of verse 41. You would then present the combined verses as 40–41, as modeled by the UST.
 15:40	zc9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ & Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ	1	Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Mark refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
-15:40	z5ra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ	1	The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here to distinguish him from other men named **James**.
+15:40	z5ra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ	1	The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here to distinguish him from other men named **James**, since he is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus.
 15:40	wdrq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσῆ	1	The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md).
 15:40	qa0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σαλώμη	1	The word **Salome** is the name of a woman.
 15:41	j15z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ	1	Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
 15:41	a3qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	αἱ συναναβᾶσαι	1	**Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “gone up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had gone up with”
 15:42	ekbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον	1	If it would be more natural in your language to introduce Joseph of Arimathea and what he did before giving the reason for what he did, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to verse 43 and taking the information about Joseph of Arimathea from verse 43 and placing it after the phrase **And when evening had already come** in this verse. You would then present the combined verses as 42–43, as modeled by the UST.
-15:42	lxm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nMark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22–23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and because the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
+15:42	lxm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nMark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22–23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening already having come** and because the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
 15:42	ug97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον	1	The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation, on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath”
 15:43	xn8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	Mark places the phrase **having come** after he gives the background information about Joseph in order to provide emphasis and to help introduce Joseph to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate”
 15:43	wgz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from.
@@ -1520,7 +1513,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 15:45	z3gl			κεντυρίωνος	1	See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md).
 15:45	v5ys			ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md).
 15:46	g4c9			σινδόνα	1	See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md).
-15:46	eb9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου	1	Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him took Jesus’ body down, wrapped the body in the linen cloth, and laid it in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb”
+15:46	eb9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου	1	Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him took Jesus’ body down, wrapped the body in the linen cloth, and put it in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the door of the tomb”
 15:46	g9hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν λελατομημένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that a “person” or several “people” had cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut”
 15:47	m782		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσῆτος	1	See how you translated the name **Joses** in [6:3](../06/03.md). This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), although they share the same name.
 15:47	jvz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md).
@@ -1530,6 +1523,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 16:1	p61n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	By using the phrase **the Sabbath having passed**, Mark is explaining that the Jewish day of rest, called the **Sabbath**, had ended and that it was now permissible, according to Jewish law, for these women to buy spices. The phrase **the Sabbath having passed** does not mean that the actual day on which the **Sabbath** occurred was over. The Jewish **Sabbath** ended at sunset on Saturday evening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the sun had set on Saturday evening”
 16:1	cw1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md).
 16:1	fm8u			Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου	1	See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md).
+16:1	m7qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰακώβου	1	The word **James** is the name a man. Much as in [15:40](../15/40.md), this man is probably referred to as **the younger** to distinguish him from other men named **James**, since he is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus.
 16:1	nmvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σαλώμη	1	See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md).
 16:1	zrcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”
 16:2	qcmt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ μιᾷ	1	Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day”
@@ -1539,7 +1533,7 @@ front:intro	r2f2				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General
 16:6	ie57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified”
 16:6	x9m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!”
 16:7	x3u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ	1	The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter”
-16:7	axgu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them”
+16:7	axgu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to Peter that he is going before them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he said to them”
 16:8	dlji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξελθοῦσαι	1	Your language may say “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having come out”
 16:8	sh40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed.” Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed, and they trembled”
 16:8	bdgb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις	1	Here, the word **gripping** is an idiom which means “overcoming.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or “for they were overcome with trembling and amazement”